TWI734334B - Control target device and method for controlling variable physical parameter - Google Patents

Abstract

A control target device includes a variable physical parameter, a sensing unit and an operation unit. The variable physical parameter is characterized based on a physical parameter target range represented by a measurement value target range and a corresponding physical parameter range. The sensing unit senses the variable physical parameter to generate a sense signal. The operation unit obtains a measurement value in response to the sense signal on condition receiving a control signal serving to indicate the measurement value target range, and determines the corresponding physical parameter range, which the variable physical parameter is currently within, to causes the variable physical parameter to enter the physical parameter target range based on the control signal and a checking operation for checking a mathematical relation between the measurement value and the measurement value target range.

Description

Control target device and control of variable physical parameters method

This disclosure relates to a control target device, and more particularly to a control target device and method for controlling a variable physical parameter.

A control device can generate a control signal to control a function target included in a control target device. The control target device uses the control signal to control the function target. The functional target can use at least one of a mechanical energy, an electrical energy, and a light energy, and can be an electric motor for an access control, a relay for an electric power control, and an energy conversion. One of the energy converters. In order to effectively control the functional target, the control target device can obtain a measurement value that is provided based on a variable physical parameter. The control target device may require an improved mechanism to effectively use the measured value and thereby effectively control the functional target.

US Patent No. 2015/0357887 A1 discloses a product specification setting device and a fan motor provided with the same. US Patent No. 7,411,505 B2 discloses a switch state and radio frequency identification tag.

An object of the present disclosure is to provide a control target device that relies on a control signal and a measurement value provided based on a variable physical parameter to effectively control the variable physical parameter.

An embodiment of the present disclosure is to provide a control target device. The control target device includes a variable physical parameter, a sensing unit and an operating unit. The variable physical parameter is characterized based on a physical parameter target range represented by a measured value target range and a corresponding physical parameter range corresponding to the physical parameter target range. The sensing unit senses the variable physical parameter to generate a first sensing signal. The operating unit is coupled to the sensing unit, and responds to the first sensing signal to obtain a first measurement value under the condition that the operating unit receives a control signal that functions to indicate the target range of the measurement value, and responds to the control Signal to perform a first check operation for checking a first mathematical relationship between the first measurement value and the target range of the measurement value, and the operation unit determines the variable physical parameter based on the first check operation The current condition of the corresponding physical parameter range causes the variable physical parameter to enter the physical parameter target range.

Another embodiment of the present disclosure is to provide a method for controlling a variable physical parameter by generating a functional signal. The variable physical parameter is characterized based on a physical parameter target range represented by a measured value target range and a corresponding physical parameter range corresponding to the physical parameter target range. The method includes the following steps: sensing the variable physical parameter to generate a first sensing signal; responding to the first sensing signal under the condition that a control signal that functions to indicate the target range of the measurement value is received To obtain a first measurement value; in response to the control signal, execute a first mathematical relationship for checking the first measurement value and the target range of the measurement value A first inspection operation; and based on the first inspection operation, determine a physical parameter relationship between the variable physical parameter and the corresponding physical parameter range to make a target for causing the variable physical parameter to enter the physical parameter A reasonable decision whether the function signal of the range is to be generated.

Another embodiment of the present disclosure is to provide a method for controlling a variable physical parameter. The variable physical parameter is characterized based on a physical parameter target range represented by a measured value target range and a corresponding physical parameter range corresponding to the physical parameter target range. The method includes the following steps: sensing the variable physical parameter to generate a first sensing signal; responding to the first sensing signal under the condition that a control signal that functions to indicate the target range of the measurement value is received To obtain a first measurement value; in response to the control signal, perform a first check operation for checking a first mathematical relationship between the first measurement value and the target range of the measurement value; and in the variable physical parameter The current corresponding physical parameter range is determined based on the first check operation, which causes the variable physical parameter to enter the physical parameter target range.

130‧‧‧Control the target device

212‧‧‧Control device

220、4452‧‧‧Reader

230, 331‧‧‧ processing unit

240, 338‧‧‧output unit

246‧‧‧Communication Interface Unit

250、332‧‧‧Storage unit

25Y1‧‧‧Memory Unit

260, 334‧‧‧sensing unit

261, 3341, 3342‧‧‧sensing components

263、363‧‧‧Multiplexer

2631, 2632, 3631, 3632‧‧‧Input terminal

263C, 363C‧‧‧Control terminal

263P, 363P, 338P, 338Q‧‧‧output

270, 337‧‧‧input unit

275, 276, 285, 286‧‧‧Electricity use target

280‧‧‧Server

290‧‧‧Physical parameter formation unit

295‧‧‧User

297, 397‧‧‧operation unit

310‧‧‧Identification medium

335, 735‧‧‧Functional goals

3351‧‧‧Physical parameters forming part

3355‧‧‧Drive circuit

3371‧‧‧First input component

3372‧‧‧Second input component

3373‧‧‧Third input component

3374, 440, 445‧‧‧input components

3381, 3382, 3383, 450, 455‧‧‧Output module

339, 340, 342, 545‧‧‧Timer

350‧‧‧Electronic Label

360‧‧‧Barcode Media

370‧‧‧Biometrics media

410‧‧‧Internet

441‧‧‧Pointing device

4451‧‧‧Receiving component

460‧‧‧Display component

475‧‧‧State Change Detector

70M‧‧‧Supporting medium

70U‧‧‧Material layer

734, 7341, 7342‧‧‧Sensor type

901‧‧‧Control System

9011, 9012, 9013, 9014, 9015, 9016, 9017, 9018, 9019, 9020, 9021, 9022, 9023, 9024, 9025, 9026, 9027, 9028, 9029, 9030, 9031, 9032, 9033, 9034, 9035, 9036, 9037, 9038, 9039, 9040, 9041, 9042, 9043, 9044, 9045, 9046, 9047, 9048, 9049, 9050, 9051‧‧‧Implementation structure

AC1‧‧‧Response area

AD81‧‧‧First data acquisition operation

AD82‧‧‧Second data acquisition operation

AD8A, AF8A, AF9C, AG8A‧‧‧Data acquisition

AE81, AE82‧‧‧Data Confirmation Operation

AE8A‧‧‧Data confirmed

AF81, AF82, AF95, AF96, AG81, AG82‧‧‧Data acquisition operation

AJ11‧‧‧Physical parameter application area

AM82, AN81, AS81, AS82, AS8T, AX82, EC92, EC9T, FF9T, FM8L, FV8L‧‧‧Memory address

AM8T‧‧‧First memory address

AP11, AP21‧‧‧User Interface Area

AT11, AT21, AU11, AU21‧‧‧Physical parameter formation area

AX8T‧‧‧Second memory address

BA83, BM85, BV85, ZP81, ZP85, ZQ81‧‧‧Check operation

BC8T, BD81, BE81‧‧‧Counting operation

BH82, ZH81‧‧‧Designated function operation

BJ81‧‧‧Specify actual operation

BM81‧‧‧Second inspection operation

BQ81, JU81, JU91, JU92, JV81, JV82, JV83‧‧‧User input operation

BS81, BS91, BY81, BY85, BY91, BY97‧‧‧Signal generation operation

BV81‧‧‧First inspection operation

BR81‧‧‧Read operation

BZ81, ZM81, ZS81‧‧‧sensing operation

CA81, CA91, CE81, CE85, CE8T‧‧‧Data comparison

CC12, CC1T‧‧‧Control code

CD81‧‧‧First data comparison

CD82‧‧‧Second data comparison

CG81‧‧‧Control message

CK8T‧‧‧Control data code

CM82, CM83, CM84, CM85‧‧‧Control information code

CN82, CN83, CN84, CN85‧‧‧Control data information

DA81, DX85‧‧‧ code difference

DC11, DC12, DD11, DD12‧‧‧Rated range limit value

DC1A, DD1A‧‧‧Rated range limit value pair

DF81‧‧‧First code difference

DH81, DJ81, DJ82, DJ83, DJ91‧‧‧Input data

DM15, DM16‧‧‧Application range limit value

DM1B, DN1B, DQ1B‧‧‧Candidate range limit value pair

DM1L‧‧‧Applicable range limit value pair

DN13, DN14, DQ13, DQ14‧‧‧Candidate range limit value

DN17‧‧‧First target range limit value

DN18‧‧‧The second target range limit value

DN1T, DQ1T‧‧‧Target range limit value pair

DQ17, DQ18‧‧‧Target range limit value

DU81‧‧‧Physical parameter data record

DX81‧‧‧The second code difference

DY81‧‧‧Encoding data

EA81, EJ81, EJ82, EJ83, ZR81, ZR82, ZR83, ZR8KJ, ZR8TR, ZX84, ZX87, ZX8HE, ZX8HR, ZX8H2, ZX8HJ, ZX8HT, ZX8KJ, ZX8TR, ZX92‧‧‧Data encoding operation

EB81, EH11, EM11‧‧‧Measurement value reference range code

EH12‧‧‧Measurement value reference range code, measured value candidate range code

EH14, EH17, EM14‧‧‧Specific measurement value range code

EH1L‧‧‧Measurement value application range code

EL11‧‧‧Time value reference range code

EL1T‧‧‧Time value target range code

EL12‧‧‧Time value reference range code, time value candidate range code

EM12‧‧‧Measurement value reference range code, measured value candidate range code

EM13‧‧‧Measurement value candidate range code

EM1T‧‧‧Measurement value target range code

EP81‧‧‧Operation

EQ81‧‧‧Trigger event

EX81‧‧‧Application environment

FA81‧‧‧Physical parameter control function

FB81‧‧‧Trigger application function

FP81, FR81‧‧‧binding conditions

FQ11, FU11‧‧‧Sensor specifications

FT11, FT21, FW22‧‧‧Timer specifications

FY81, FZ81‧‧‧encoded image

GA812, GA8T1‧‧‧Physical parameter representation

GA82, GA83, GA8T, GB82‧‧‧Candidate range of physical parameters

GA8E, GB8E‧‧‧Rated physical parameter range representation

GA8HE‧‧‧Rated time interval display

GA8HR‧‧‧Time reference interval display

GA8H2, GA8HT‧‧‧Time candidate interval display

GA8HJ‧‧‧Time length reference range indication

GA8KJ, GB8KJ‧‧‧Time length indication

GA8TR, GB8TR‧‧‧clock time display

GAL8‧‧‧Physical parameter control function specifications

GB8L‧‧‧Physical parameter application range indication

GBL8‧‧‧Trigger application function specification

GJ81‧‧‧Time length value reference range

GQ81, GW81‧‧‧sensor sensitivity display

GQ8R, GW8R‧‧‧Sensor measuring range display

GS81, GY81, GY91‧‧‧signal generation control

GT81, GU81‧‧‧Ensure operation

HA0T‧‧‧Control device identifier

HA22, HA2T‧‧‧Functional target identifier

HC81‧‧‧Control code type identifier

HE81, HE82, HF81, HF82‧‧‧Sensing signal generation

HH81, HQ81‧‧‧Specify the format of the measured value

HH91, HH95, HQ92‧‧‧Specified counting value format

HJ81‧‧‧Time length reference range

HK81‧‧‧Control data code type identifier

HM81‧‧‧Measuring range limit data code type identifier

HR1E1‧‧‧Time reference interval

HR1ET‧‧‧Time target interval

HR1E2‧‧‧Time reference interval, time candidate interval

HZ22, HZ2T‧‧‧Electric use target identifier

JA1A, JB1A, QG1A, QL1A, QP1A, QP2A, QU1A, QY1A‧‧‧Variable physical parameters

JN81‧‧‧Measurement value sequence

KA81, KA91, KM85, KK91, KK92, KQ81, KV83, KV85, KY81‧‧‧Mathematical relationship

KH81‧‧‧Physical parameter relationship

KJ81‧‧‧Numerical relationship

KM81‧‧‧The second mathematical relationship

KP81, KP85‧‧‧arithmetic relationship

KV81‧‧‧The first mathematical relationship

KV91‧‧‧The third mathematical relationship

LA81, LA82‧‧‧Status indication

LB81‧‧‧First status indicator

LB82‧‧‧The second state indicator

LC81, LD81‧‧‧Actual position

LF8A‧‧‧variable time length

LJ8T‧‧‧Reference time length

LN8A‧‧‧Time length range limit value pair

LN81, LN82‧‧‧Time length range limit value

LP81, SP81‧‧‧Telecommunications signal

LQ81, SQ81‧‧‧Optical signal

LT8T‧‧‧Application time length

LY81‧‧‧Measurement Information

MF81, MF83, MG81, MK81, MK85, MQ81, MU81, MZ81‧‧‧Scientific computing

ND8A, NF8A‧‧‧Data Acquisition Procedure

NE8A‧‧‧Data Confirmation Procedure

NP91, NY81‧‧‧Specific count value

NR81‧‧‧Clock reference time value

NS81, NT81‧‧‧Total number of reference ranges

NY80‧‧‧Initial count value

NY8A‧‧‧variable count value

PB81‧‧‧First logical decision

PB91‧‧‧Second logical decision

PE81‧‧‧Second logical decision

PF9T, PM8L, PV8L, XC9T, XC92, YM82, YM8T, YN81, YS81, YS82, YS8T, YX82‧‧‧Memory location

PH81, PH91‧‧‧Logical decision

PW81‧‧‧Reasonable decision

QB81‧‧‧Preset time reference interval sequence

QD12, QD1T‧‧‧Specify physical parameters

QP15‧‧‧Specific physical parameters

QU17‧‧‧The first specific physical parameter

QU18‧‧‧Second specific physical parameter

QU15‧‧‧The third specific physical parameter

RA8E, RB8E‧‧‧Sensor measuring range

RC1E, RD1E‧‧‧Rated physical parameter range

RC1E1, RD1E1‧‧‧Physical parameter reference range

RC1E2‧‧‧Physical parameter reference range, physical parameter candidate range

RC1E3, RD1E3, RD2E2, RK1E2‧‧‧Physical parameter candidate range

RC1E4, RC1E7, RD1E4‧‧‧Specific physical parameter range

RC1EL‧‧‧Physical parameter application range

RC1N, RD1N‧‧‧Rated measurement value range

RD1E2‧‧‧Physical parameter reference range, physical parameter candidate range

RD1ET, RK1ET‧‧‧Target range of physical parameters

RL81‧‧‧Affirmative operation report

RM11, RN11‧‧‧Reference range of measured value

RM12‧‧‧Measurement value reference range, measured value candidate range

RM17‧‧‧Specific measurement value range

RM1L‧‧‧Measurement value application range

RN12‧‧‧Measurement value reference range, measured value candidate range

RN13‧‧‧Measurement value candidate range

RN1T‧‧‧Measurement value target range

RQ11‧‧‧Time value reference range

RQ1T‧‧‧Time value target range

RQ12‧‧‧Time value reference range, time value candidate range

RW1EL, RY1ET‧‧‧Corresponding physical parameter range

RX1T‧‧‧Corresponding measurement value range

SA1‧‧‧Memory space

SB81‧‧‧Physical parameter signal

SC81, SC82, SC83, SC97, SD81, SD82, SF81, SF97, SV81, SV82‧‧‧Control signal

SE81‧‧‧Control response signal

SG81, SG82, SG85, SG91, SG97‧‧‧Function signal

SK91, SY80, SY81‧‧‧clock time signal

SL81‧‧‧Drive signal

SM81, SM82, SM91, SN83, SN91‧‧‧Sensing signal

SN81‧‧‧First sensing signal

SN82‧‧‧Second sensing signal

SN811, SN812‧‧‧Sensing signal component

SS11、SU11‧‧‧Storage space

SW82, SW83, SW84, SW85‧‧‧Command signal

SX81‧‧‧Trigger signal

SZ81, SZ91, SZ92‧‧‧Operation request signal

TD81, TF81, TF82‧‧‧operating time

TE82, TG82, TG83, TW81, TY81‧‧‧specified time

TH1A‧‧‧Clock time

TJ8T‧‧‧specified time

TK81‧‧‧Control data code type

TL11, TP11, TU11, TU1G‧‧‧Physical parameter types

TM81‧‧‧Measuring range limit data code type

TR81‧‧‧Clock reference time

TT81‧‧‧Trigger time

TT82‧‧‧Starting time

TZ8T‧‧‧End time

UA8T‧‧‧Control application code

UH8T‧‧‧Interrupt request signal

UL81‧‧‧Preset characteristic physical parameters

UM8A, UN8A‧‧‧Variable physical parameter range code

UM8L‧‧‧Physical parameter application range code

UN8T, UQ1T‧‧‧Physical parameter target range code

UQ11‧‧‧Specification range code of physical parameters

UQ12‧‧‧Physical parameter specified range code, physical parameter candidate range code

UW81‧‧‧Specific input code

UX81, UX92, UY81, UY91, UY95‧‧‧Specify the number of bits

VA11, VC11, VK81, VK82‧‧‧Relative value

VG81‧‧‧Permissible value

VM81, VM82, VM91, VN83, VN91‧‧‧Measured value

VN81‧‧‧First measured value

VN82‧‧‧Second measured value

WA8L, WB8L, WD81, WS82, WS8T‧‧‧Write request message

WC8T: The second write request message

WJ11: Electric application target

WN8T: First write request message

XA8A: Variable physical state

XA81: Non-characteristic physical parameter arrival status

XA82: Actual characteristic physical parameter arrival state

XH81, XH82: specific status

XJ81: The first specific state

XJ82: Second specific state

XK81: Operation reference code

XP81: specific empirical formula

YJ81: Selection tool

YM8T: First memory location

YQ81, YW81: Sensor sensitivity

YU91: Preset data export rules

YX8T: second memory location

ZB81: Relative reference range code

ZD1T1, ZD1T2: preset physical parameter target range limits

ZL82: Arrival of characteristic physical parameters

ZU81: Verify operation

ZX81: First data encoding operation

ZX82: Second data encoding operation

ZX83: The fourth data encoding operation, data encoding operation

ZX91: Third data encoding operation

This disclosure can be further understood by the detailed description of the following diagrams:

Figure 1: A schematic diagram of a control system in various embodiments of the present disclosure.

Figure 2: A schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Figure 1.

Figure 3: A schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Figure 1.

Figure 4: A schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Figure 1.

Figure 5: is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Figure 1.

Fig. 6 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Fig. 1.

Fig. 7 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Fig. 1.

Fig. 8 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Fig. 1.

Fig. 9 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Fig. 1.

Figure 10: A schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Figure 1.

Figure 11: A schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Figure 1.

Figure 12: A schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Figure 1.

Figure 13: is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Figure 1.

Figure 14: A schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Figure 1.

Fig. 15 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Fig. 1.

Figure 16: An implementation result of the control system shown in Figure 1 Schematic diagram of the structure.

Figure 17: is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Figure 1.

Figure 18: is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Figure 1.

Figure 19: is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Figure 1.

Figure 20: A schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Figure 1.

Figure 21: A schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Figure 1.

Figure 22: is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Figure 1.

Figure 23: is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Figure 1.

Figure 24: is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Figure 1.

Figure 25: A schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Figure 1.

Figure 26: is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Figure 1.

Figure 27: is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Figure 1.

Figure 28: is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Figure 1.

Figure 29: A schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Figure 1.

Figure 30: A schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Figure 1.

Figure 31: is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Figure 1.

Figure 32: A schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Figure 1.

Figure 33: A schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Figure 1.

Figure 34: is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Figure 1.

Figure 35: A schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Figure 1.

Figure 36: is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Figure 1.

Fig. 37 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Fig. 1.

Fig. 38 is a schematic diagram showing an implementation structure of the control system shown in Fig. 1.

Fig. 39 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Fig. 1.

Fig. 40 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Fig. 1.

Figure 41: An implementation result of the control system shown in Figure 1 Schematic diagram of the structure.

Fig. 42 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in Fig. 1.

Please refer to FIG. 1, which is a schematic diagram of a control system 901 in various embodiments of the present disclosure. The control system 901 includes a control device 212 and a control target device 130. The control device 212 is used to control the control target device 130. The control target device 130 includes a variable physical parameter QU1A, a sensing unit 334 and an operating unit 397. The variable physical parameter QU1A is characterized based on a physical parameter target range RD1ET represented by a measured value target range RN1T and a corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET corresponding to the physical parameter target range RD1ET.

The sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate a first sensing signal SN81. The operating unit 397 is coupled to the sensing unit 334. Under the condition that the operating unit 397 receives a control signal SC81 that functions to indicate the target range RN1T of the measurement value, the operating unit 397 responds to the first sensing signal SN81 to obtain a first measurement value VN81, and responds to the The signal SC81 is controlled to perform a first check operation BV81 for checking a first mathematical relationship KV81 between the first measurement value VN81 and the measurement value target range RN1T. Under the condition that the operating unit 397 determines the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET that the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in based on the first check operation BV81, the operating unit 397 causes the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1ET.

Please refer to Figure 2, which is the control shown in Figure 1. A schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9011 of the control system 901. Please refer to Figure 1 additionally. In some embodiments, the sensing unit 334 is configured to comply with a sensor specification FU11 related to the measured value target range RN1T. For example, the sensor specification FU11 includes a sensor sensitivity representation GW81 for representing a sensor sensitivity YW81. The sensor sensitivity YW81 is related to a sensing signal generated by the sensing unit 334 to generate HF81. The first measurement value VN81 is obtained by the operating unit 397 in a designated measurement value format HH81.

The measured value target range RN1T has a target range limit value pair DN1T. The corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET is represented by a corresponding measurement value range RX1T. A range combination of the measurement value target range RN1T and the corresponding measurement value range RX1T is equal to a rated measurement value range RD1N. For example, the measurement value target range RN1T, the corresponding measurement value range RX1T, and the rated measurement value range RD1N are all preset based on the sensor sensitivity indicator GW81 in the designated measurement value format HH81. The rated measurement value range RD1N has a rated range limit value pair DD1A.

The control signal SC81 transmits the target range limit value pair DN1T, the rated range limit value pair DD1A and a control code CC1T. For example, the control code CC1T is preset based on a designated physical parameter QD1T within the physical parameter target range RD1ET. The control signal SC81 serves to indicate the measurement value target range RN1T by transmitting the target range limit value pair DN1T. The operating unit 397 obtains the target range limit value pair DN1T from the control signal SC81, and performs the first check operation BV81 by comparing the first measured value VN81 with the obtained target range limit value pair DN1T.

The operating unit 397 makes a first logical decision PB81 based on the first check operation BV81 to determine whether the first measurement value VN81 is within the corresponding measurement value range RX1T. Under the condition that the first logical decision PB81 is affirmative, the operating unit 397 determines the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located. The operating unit 397 obtains the rated range limit value pair DD1A from the control signal SC81, and performs a check on the first measurement value VN81 by comparing the first measurement value VN81 with the obtained rated range limit value pair DD1A A second check operation BM81 of a second mathematical relationship KM81 between the rated measurement value range RD1N and the rated measurement value range RD1N.

The operation unit 397 further makes the first logical decision PB81 based on the second check operation BM81. The operating unit 397 obtains the control code CC1T from the control signal SC81. Under the condition that the operating unit 397 determines that the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET, the operating unit 397 executes a signal generation control GY81 based on the obtained control code CC1T to generate a signal for causing the The variable physical parameter QU1A enters a functional signal SG81 of the physical parameter target range RD1ET.

In some embodiments, after the operating unit 397 executes the signal generation control GY81 within an operating time TF81, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate a second sensing signal SN82. The operating unit 397 responds to the second sensing signal SN82 within a specified time TG82 after the operating time TF81 to obtain a second measurement value VN82 in the specified measurement value format HH81. The operation unit 397 compares the second measured value VN82 with all the values within the specified time TG82. The obtained target range limit value pair DN1T to determine the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in the physical parameter target range RD1ET, the operating unit 397 executes a guarantee operation GU81, which is used to cause the representative determined A physical parameter target range code UN8T of the physical parameter target range RD1ET is recorded.

The variable physical parameter QU1A is related to a variable time length LF8A. For example, the operating unit 397 is used to measure the variable time length LF8A. The variable time length LF8A is characterized based on a time length reference range HJ81 and a reference time length LJ8T. The time length reference range HJ81 is represented by a time length value reference range GJ81. The reference time length LJ8T is represented by a time length value CL8T. The control signal SC81 further conveys the time length value CL8T. The operating unit 397 is configured to obtain the time length value CL8T from the control signal SC81, and to check a numerical relationship KJ81 between the obtained time length value CL8T and the time length value reference range GJ81 to make a control signal. PE81 is determined by a second logic whether a counting operation BC8T at a specific time TJ8T is to be executed.

Under the condition that the second logic decision PE81 is affirmative, the operation unit 397 executes the counting operation BC8T based on the obtained time length value CL8T. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is configured to be within the physical parameter target range RD1ET due to the control signal SC81, the operating unit 397 reaches the specific time TJ8T based on the counting operation BC8T, and at the specific time A signal generating operation BY91 for causing the variable physical parameter QU1A to leave the physical parameter target range RD1ET to enter the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET is executed in TJ8T.

Please refer to Figure 3, Figure 4, Figure 5, Figure 6 and Figure 7. FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9012 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9013 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9014 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9015 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9016 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. Please refer to Figure 1 additionally. As shown in Figures 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7, each of the implementation structure 9012, the implementation structure 9013, the implementation structure 9014, the implementation structure 9015, and the implementation structure 9016 The structure includes the control device 212 and the control target device 130.

Please refer to Figure 1 additionally. In some embodiments, the operating unit 397 is configured to execute a physical parameter control function FA81 related to the physical parameter target range RD1ET, and includes a processing unit 331 coupled to the sensing unit 334 and coupled to the processing unit An input unit 337 of 331 and an output unit 338 coupled to the processing unit 331. The physical parameter control function FA81 is configured to comply with a physical parameter control function specification GAL8 related to the physical parameter target range RD1ET. The sensing unit 334 is configured to comply with a sensor specification FU11 related to the measured value target range RN1T. For example, the sensor specification FU11 includes a sensor sensitivity representation GW81 for representing a sensor sensitivity YW81. The sensor sensitivity YW81 is related to a sensing signal generated by the sensing unit 334 to generate HF81.

The input unit 337 receives the Under the condition of the control signal SC81, the processing unit 331 responds to the first sensing signal SN81 to obtain the first measurement value VN81 in a designated measurement value format HH81. For example, the designated measurement value format HH81 is characterized based on a designated number of bits UY81. The control target device 130 further includes a function target 335 coupled to the output unit 338 and a storage unit 332 coupled to the processing unit 331. For example, when the input unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to perform the sensing signal generation HF81 dependent on the sensor sensitivity YW81, and the sensing signal generates HF81 is used to generate the first sensing signal SN81.

The corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET is represented by a corresponding measurement value range RX1T. A range combination of the physical parameter target range RD1ET and the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET is equal to a rated physical parameter range RD1E. The physical parameter control function specification GAL8 includes the sensor specification FU11, a rated physical parameter range representation GA8E used to represent the rated physical parameter range RD1E, and a physical parameter candidate range representation used to represent the physical parameter target range RD1ET GA8T. A range combination of the measurement value target range RN1T and the corresponding measurement value range RX1T is equal to a rated measurement value range RD1N.

In some embodiments, the rated measurement value range RD1N represents the rated physical parameter range RD1E, based on the rated physical parameter range represents GA8E, the sensor sensitivity represents GW81, and is used to convert the rated physical parameter range to represent GA8E. A data encoding operation ZX81 is preset using the specified measurement value format HH81, and has a rated range limit value pair DD1A. For example, the limit value of the rated range is specified for DD1A The measured value format HH81 is preset. The measured value target range RN1T is represented by a measured value target range code EM1T, and has a target range limit value pair DN1T; thereby, the measured value target range code EM1T is configured to indicate the physical parameter target range RD1ET. For example, the measurement value target range code EM1T is preset based on the physical parameter control function specification GAL8.

The target range limit value pair DN1T includes a first target range limit value DN17 of the measured value target range RN1T and a second target range limit value DN18 relative to the first target range limit value DN17, and is based on the physical parameter candidate The range representation GA8T, the sensor sensitivity representation GW81, and a second data encoding operation ZX82 for converting the physical parameter candidate range representation GA8T are preset using the specified measurement value format HH81. The control signal SC81 serves to indicate the measurement value target range RN1T by transmitting the measurement value target range code EM1T. The measurement value target range RN1T is preset based on the physical parameter candidate range representation GA8T, the sensor sensitivity representation GW81, and the second data encoding operation ZX82 using the designated measurement value format HH81.

In some embodiments, the physical parameter control function specification GAL8 further includes a physical parameter representation GA8T1. The physical parameter representation GA8T1 is used to represent a designated physical parameter QD1T within the physical parameter target range RD1ET. The storage unit 332 stores the rated range limit value pair DD1A, has a first memory location YM8T and a second memory location YX8T different from the first memory location YM8T, and stores the first memory location YM8T The target range limit value pair is DN1T, and a control code CC1T is stored in the second memory location YX8T.

For example, the first memory location YM8T and the second memory location The memory position YX8T is identified based on the measured value target range code EM1T. The control code CC1T is preset based on the physical parameter representing GA8T1 and a third data encoding operation ZX91 for converting the physical parameter representing GA8T1. The target range limit value pair DN1T and the control code CC1T are stored by the storage unit 332 based on the preset measurement value target range code EM1T.

The function target 335 has the variable physical parameter QU1A. For example, the sensing unit 334 is coupled to the functional target 335. The control signal SC81 further transmits the rated range limit value pair DD1A. The processing unit 331 responds to the control signal SC81 to obtain the rated range limit value pair DD1A from one of the control signal SC81 and the storage unit 332, and responds to the control signal SC81 to obtain the measured value target range from the control signal SC81 Code EM1T, and run a data acquisition program ND8A to execute a data acquisition AD8A using the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T to obtain the target range limit value pair DN1T. For example, the data acquisition AD8A is one of a first data acquisition operation AD81 and a second data acquisition operation AD82. The data acquisition program ND8A is constructed based on the physical parameter control function specification GAL8.

The first data acquisition operation AD81 uses the storage unit 332 to access the target range limit value pair DN1T stored in the first memory location YM8T based on the obtained measured value target range code EM1T to obtain the target range The limit value is DN1T. The second data acquisition operation AD82 obtains the target range limit value pair DN1T by executing a scientific calculation MZ81 using the obtained measured value target range code EM1T and the obtained rated range limit value pair DD1A.

In some embodiments, the processing unit 331 performs the first check operation BV81 based on a first data comparison CD81 between the first measured value VN81 and the obtained target range limit value pair DN1T, and is based on the first data comparison CD81. A check operation BV81 is performed to make a first logical decision PB81 whether the first measurement value VN81 is within the corresponding measurement value range RX1T. Under the condition that the first logical decision PB81 is affirmative, the processing unit 331 determines the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located.

For example, when the first target range limit value DN17 is different from the second target range limit value DN18 and the first measurement value VN81 is between the first target range limit value DN17 and the second target range limit value DN18 Under conditions, the processing unit 331 compares the first measurement value VN81 with the accessed first measurement range limit data code DN1A to make the first logical decision PB81 to become negative. Under the condition that the first target range limit value DN17, the second target range limit value DN18, and the first measurement value VN81 are equal, the processing unit 331 compares the first measurement value VN81 with the accessed value The first measurement range limit data code DN1A is used to make the first logical decision PB81 to become negative.

Under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines that the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET, the processing unit 331 uses the storage unit 332 to access the target range code EM1T based on the obtained measurement value target range code. The control code CC1T stored in the second memory location YX8T, and based on the accessed control code CC1T, executes a signal generation control GY81 for the physical parameter control function FA81 to control the output unit 338. The output unit 338 responds to the signal Generate control GY81 to perform a signal generation operation BY81 for the physical parameter control function FA81 to generate a function signal SG81, which is used to control the function target 335 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target Range RD1ET.

In some embodiments, the control device 212 is an external device. The processing unit 331 uses the output unit 338 to make the function target 335 execute a designated function operation ZH81 related to the variable physical parameter QU1A. For example, the designated function operation ZH81 is used to cause a trigger event EQ81 to occur. The control device 212 responds to the trigger event EQ81 to output the control signal SC81. The rated measurement value range RD1N is configured to have a plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RN11, RN12,... For example, the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RN11, RN12, ... has a total reference range number NT81, which is respectively represented by a plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12, ..., and includes the measurement value target range RN1T.

The total number of reference ranges NT81 is preset based on the physical parameter control function specification GAL8. The plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12, ... include the preset measurement value target range code EM1T, and are all preset based on the physical parameter control function specification GAL8. The control signal SC81 further transmits the total reference range number NT81. The processing unit 331 responds to the control signal SC81 to obtain the total reference range number NT81 from one of the control signal SC81 and the storage unit 332. The scientific calculation MZ81 further uses the obtained total reference range number NT81. For example, the total number of reference ranges is greater than or equal to 2. For example, the total number of reference ranges NT11≧3; the total number of reference ranges NT11≧4; the total number of reference ranges NT11≧5; the total number of reference ranges NT11 ≧6; and the total reference range number NT11≦255.

The function target 335 responds to the function signal SG81 to change the variable physical parameter QU1A from a first specific physical parameter QU17 to a second specific physical parameter QU18. For example, the first specific physical parameter QU17 is within the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET; and the second specific physical parameter QU18 is within the physical parameter target range RD1ET. The physical parameter control function specification GAL8 further includes a corresponding physical parameter range representation GA8TY for representing the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET. The corresponding measurement value range RX1T is based on the corresponding physical parameter range representing GA8TY, the sensor sensitivity representing GW81, and a fourth data encoding operation ZX83 for converting the corresponding physical parameter range representing GA8TY to use the designated measurement value format HH81. Is preset.

In some embodiments, the variable physical parameter QU1A is further characterized based on the rated physical parameter range RD1E. The rated physical parameter range RD1E includes a plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2,.... For example, the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2,... include the physical parameter target range RD1ET. The measured value target range RN1T is a first part of the rated measured value range RD1N. The corresponding measurement value range RX1T is a second part of the rated measurement value range RD1N, adjacent to the measurement value target range RN1T, and complementary to the measurement value target range RN1T.

The rated measurement value range RD1N is equal to a range combination of the measurement value target range RN1T and the corresponding measurement value range RX1T complementary to the measurement value target range RN1T, and has the rated range limit value pair DD1A. For example, the rated range limit value for DD1A includes the rated measurement A rated range limit value DD11 of the measurement range RD1N and a rated range limit value DD12 relative to the rated range limit value DD11, and based on the rated physical parameter range represents GA8E, the sensor sensitivity represents GW81, and the first data The encoding operation ZX81 is preset using the specified measurement value format HH81.

For example, the measured value target range code EM1T is configured to be equal to an integer. The rated range limit value DD12 is greater than the rated range limit value DD11. There is a relative value VA11 between the rated range limit value DD12 and the rated range limit value DD11 relative to the rated range limit value DD11. The relative value VA11 is equal to a calculation result of the rated range limit value DD12 minus the rated range limit value DD11. For example, the target range limit value pair DN1T is preset based on the rated range limit value DD11, the rated range limit value DD12, the integer, and a ratio of the relative value VA11 to the total reference range number NT81. The scientific calculation MZ81 uses one of the rated range limit value DD11, the rated range limit value DD12, the integer, the ratio, and any combination thereof.

The processing unit 331 executes a second data comparison CD82 between the first measured value VN81 and the obtained rated range limit value pair DD1A for checking the first measured value VN81 and the rated measured value range RD1N. A second mathematical relationship between KM81 is a second check operation BM81. The processing unit 331 further makes the first logical decision PB81 based on the second check operation BM81.

In some embodiments, after the processing unit 331 executes the signal generation control GY81 within an operating time TF81, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate a second sensing signal No. SN82. For example, after the processing unit 331 executes the signal generation control GY81, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to execute a sensing signal dependent on the sensor sensitivity YW81 to generate HF82, the sensing signal The HF82 is generated for generating the second sensing signal SN82.

The processing unit 331 responds to the second sensing signal SN82 within a specified time TG82 after the operating time TF81 to obtain a second measurement value VN82 in the specified measurement value format HH81. The processing unit 331 checks a third mathematical relationship KV91 between the second measured value VN82 and the measured value target range RN1T by comparing the second measured value VN82 with the obtained target range limit value pair DN1T to do It is a second logical decision PB91 to find out whether the second measurement value VN82 is within the measurement value target range RN1T.

Under the condition that the second logical decision PB91 is affirmative, the processing unit 331 determines within the specified time TG82 that the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in the physical parameter target range RD1ET, generates a positive operation report RL81, and causes The output unit 338 outputs a control response signal SE81 that transmits the affirmative operation report RL81, whereby the control response signal SE81 is used to cause the control device 212 to obtain the affirmative operation report RL81. For example, the positive operation report RL81 indicates an operation situation EP81 in which the variable physical parameter QU1A has successfully entered the physical parameter target range RD1ET. The processing unit 331 responds to the control signal SC81 by causing the output unit 338 to generate the control response signal SE81.

In some embodiments, the storage unit 332 further stores a variable physical parameter range code UN8A. When the input unit 337 receives the When the signal SC81 is controlled, the variable physical parameter range code UN8A is equal to a specific measurement value range code EM14 selected from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12,... For example, the specific measurement value range code EM14 indicates a specific physical parameter range RD1E4 previously determined by the processing unit 331 based on a sensing operation ZS81. The specific physical parameter range RD1E4 is selected from the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2,.... The sensing operation ZS81 performed by the sensing unit 334 is used to sense the variable physical parameter QU1A. Before the input unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the specific measurement value range code EM14 is assigned to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A.

For example, before the input unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the processing unit 331 obtains the specific measurement value range code EM14. Under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the specific physical parameter range RD1E4 based on the sensing operation ZS81 before the input unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the processing unit 331 uses the storage unit 332 to obtain The specific measurement value range code EM14 is assigned to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A. The specific measurement value range code EM14 represents a specific measurement value range configured to represent the specific physical parameter range RD1E4. The specific measurement value range is preset based on the sensor sensitivity indicator GW81 in the specified measurement value format HH81. For example, the sensing unit 334 performs a sensing signal generation dependent on the sensor sensitivity YW81 by performing the sensing operation ZS81 to generate a sensing signal.

Before the input unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the processing unit 331 receives the sensing signal, responds to the sensing signal to obtain a specific measurement value in the specified measurement value format HH81, and executes A specific inspection operation for checking a mathematical relationship between the specific measurement value and the specific measurement value range. Under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines that the variable physical parameter QU1A is in the specific physical parameter range RD1E4 based on the specific inspection operation, the processing unit 331 uses the storage unit 332 to obtain the specific measurement value The range code EM14 is assigned to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A. The processing unit 331 responds to a specific sensing operation for sensing the variable physical parameter QU1A to determine whether the processing unit 331 will use the storage unit 332 to change the variable physical parameter range code UN8A. For example, the specific sensing operation is performed by the sensing unit 334.

The specific measurement value range code EM14 is different from the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T, and the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter target that the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in by making the second logical decision PB91 Under the condition of the range RD1ET, the processing unit 331 uses a first code difference DF81 between the variable physical parameter range code UN8A equal to the specific measurement value range code EM14 and the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T. The storage unit 332 assigns the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A.

When the input unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the output unit 338 displays a first status indicator LB81. For example, the first state indicator LB81 is used to indicate that the variable physical parameter QU1A is configured in a first specific state XJ81 within the specific physical parameter range RD1E4. In the specific measurement value range code EM14 is different from the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T and the processing unit 331 generates the second Logic determines PB91 to determine that the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in the physical parameter target range RD1ET, the processing unit 331 further causes the output unit 338 to change the first status indication LB81 based on the first code difference DF81 Indicate LB82 into a second state. For example, the second state indicator LB82 is used to indicate that the variable physical parameter QU1A is configured in a second specific state XJ82 within the physical parameter target range RD1ET.

In some embodiments, the control signal SC81 is one of an electrical signal SP81 and an optical signal SQ81. The input unit 337 includes a first input component 3371, a second input component 3372, and a third input component 3373. The first input component 3371 is coupled to the processing unit 331. Under the condition that the control signal SC81 is the electric signal SP81, the first input component 3371 causes the processing unit 331 to obtain the control message CG81 by receiving the electric signal SP81 for sending a control message CG81. For example, the control message CG81 includes the measured value target range code EM1T.

The second input component 3372 is coupled to the processing unit 331. Under the condition that the control signal SC81 is the optical signal SQ81, the second input component 3372 receives the optical signal SQ81 for delivering an encoded image FY81. For example, the encoded image FY81 represents the control message CG81. The third input component 3373 is coupled to the processing unit 331. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is configured within the physical parameter target range RD1ET due to the control signal SC81, the third input component 3373 receives a user input operation BQ81, and responds to the user input operation BQ81 This causes the processing unit 331 to determine a specific input code UW81. For example, the specific input code UW81 is selected from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12,....

Under the condition that the control signal SC81 is the optical signal SQ81, the second input component 3372 senses the encoded image FY81 to determine an encoded data DY81, and decodes the encoded data DY81 to provide the control message CG81 to the processing unit 331 . Under the condition that the specific input code UW81 is different from the preset measurement value target range code EM1T, the processing unit 331 is based on the variable physical parameter range code UN8A equal to the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T and the A second code difference DX81 between specific input codes UW81 passes through the output unit 338 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to leave the physical parameter target range RD1ET to enter the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET.

In some embodiments, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A in a restraining condition FR81 to provide the first sensing signal SN81 to the processing unit 331. For example, the constraint condition FR81 is that the variable physical parameter QU1A is equal to a third specific physical parameter QU15 included in the rated physical parameter range RD1E. The processing unit 331 estimates the third specific physical parameter QU15 based on the first sensing signal SN81 to obtain the first measured value VN81.

Based on the first data comparison CD81 and the second data comparison CD82, the processing unit 331 identifies that the first measurement value VN81 is an allowable value outside the measurement value target range RN1T and within the rated measurement value range RD1N Under the condition of the value VG81, the processing unit 331 makes the first logical decision PB81 to become affirmative. Since the variable physical parameter QU1A in the constraint condition FR81 is outside the physical parameter target range RD1ET and within the rated physical parameter range RD1E, the processing unit 331 compares the CD81 with the second data based on the first data compare The CD82 recognizes that the first measurement value VN81 is the allowable value VG81 within the corresponding measurement value range RX1T.

In some embodiments, the sensing unit 334 is characterized based on the sensor sensitivity YW81 related to the sensing signal generation HF81, and is configured to comply with the sensor specification FU11. The sensor specification FU11 includes the sensor sensitivity representation GW81 for representing the sensor sensitivity YW81, and a sensor measurement range representation GW8R for representing a sensor measurement range RB8E. For example, the rated physical parameter range RD1E is configured to be the same as the sensor measurement range RB8E, or configured to be a part of the sensor measurement range RB8E. The sensor measurement range RB8E is related to a physical parameter sensing performed by the sensing unit 334. The measurement range of the sensor indicates that the GW8R is provided based on a first preset measurement unit. For example, the first preset measurement unit is one of a metric measurement unit and an English measurement unit.

The rated measurement value range RD1N and the rated range limit value pair DD1A are based on the rated physical parameter range representing GA8E, the sensor measurement range representing GW8R, the sensor sensitivity representing GW81, and the first data encoding operation ZX81. The specified measurement value format HH81 is preset. The measurement value target range RN1T and the target range limit value pair DN1T are both used based on the physical parameter candidate range representing GA8T, the sensor measurement range representing GW8R, the sensor sensitivity representing GW81, and the second data encoding operation ZX82. The specified measurement value format HH81 is preset.

The corresponding measurement value range RX1T is based on the corresponding physical parameter range represents GA8TY, the sensor measurement range represents GW8R, the The sensor sensitivity indicates that GW81 and the fourth data encoding operation ZX83 are preset using the designated measurement value format HH81. The rated physical parameter range represents GA8E, the physical parameter represents GA8T1, the physical parameter candidate range represents GA8T, and the corresponding physical parameter range represents GA8TY are all provided based on a second preset measurement unit. For example, the second preset measurement unit is one of a metric measurement unit and an English measurement unit, and is the same as or different from the first preset measurement unit. For example, the corresponding physical parameter range represents that GA8TY is derived based on the rated physical parameter range represents GA8E and the physical parameter candidate range represents GA8T.

The variable physical parameter QU1A is further characterized based on the sensor measurement range RB8E. For example, the sensor measurement range represents GW8R, the rated physical parameter range represents GA8E, the physical parameter candidate range represents GA8T, the corresponding physical parameter range represents GA8TY, and the physical parameter represents GA8T1 are all decimal data types. The first measurement value VN81, the second measurement value VN82, the rated range limit value pair DD1A, the target range limit value pair DN1T, and the control code CC1T all belong to the binary data type and are suitable for computer processing. The sensor specification FU11 and the physical parameter control function specification GAL8 are both preset.

In some embodiments, before the input unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the input unit 337 receives a first write request including the preset target range threshold pair DN1T and a first memory address AM8T Message WN8T. For example, the first memory location YM8T is identified based on the first memory address AM8T. The first memory address AM8T is preset based on the preset measurement value target range code EM1T. The processing unit 331 responds to the first write request message WN8T to enable The storage unit 332 is used to store the target range limit value pair DN1T of the first write request message WN8T to the first memory location YM8T.

Before the input unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the input unit 337 receives a second write request message WC8T containing the preset control code CC1T and a second memory address AX8T. For example, the second memory location YX8T is identified based on the second memory address AX8T. The second memory address AX8T is preset based on the preset measurement value target range code EM1T. The processing unit 331 responds to the second write request message WC8T to use the storage unit 332 to store the control code CC1T of the second write request message WC8T in the second memory location YX8T.

Please refer to Figure 1, Figure 2, Figure 3, Figure 4, Figure 5, Figure 6, and Figure 7. A method ML80 for controlling a variable physical parameter QU1A is disclosed. The variable physical parameter QU1A is characterized based on a physical parameter target range RD1ET represented by a measured value target range RN1T and a corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET corresponding to the physical parameter target range RD1ET.

The method ML80 includes the following steps: sensing the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate a first sensing signal SN81; responding to the condition that a control signal SC81 that functions to indicate the target range RN1T of the measurement value is received The first sensing signal SN81 is used to obtain a first measurement value VN81; in response to the control signal SC81, a first mathematical relationship KV81 for checking a first mathematical relationship between the first measurement value VN81 and the measurement value target range RN1T is executed. A check operation BV81; and the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET currently in the variable physical parameter QU1A is based on the first Under the conditions determined by checking operation BV81, the variable physical parameter QU1A enters the physical parameter target range RD1ET.

In some embodiments, the method ML80 further includes a step of providing a sensing unit 334. For example, the step of sensing the variable physical parameter QU1A is performed by using the sensing unit 334. The sensing unit 334 is configured to comply with a sensor specification FU11 related to the measured value target range RN1T. For example, the sensor specification FU11 includes a sensor sensitivity representation GW81 for representing a sensor sensitivity YW81. The sensor sensitivity YW81 is related to a sensing signal generated by the sensing unit 334 to generate HF81. The first measurement value VN81 is obtained in a designated measurement value format HH81.

The measured value target range RN1T has a target range limit value pair DN1T. The corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET is represented by a corresponding measurement value range RX1T. A range combination of the measurement value target range RN1T and the corresponding measurement value range RX1T is equal to a rated measurement value range RD1N. For example, the measurement value target range RN1T, the corresponding measurement value range RX1T, and the rated measurement value range RD1N are all preset based on the sensor sensitivity indicator GW81 in the designated measurement value format HH81. The rated measurement value range RD1N has a rated range limit value pair DD1A.

The control signal SC81 transmits the target range limit value pair DN1T, the rated range limit value pair DD1A and a control code CC1T. For example, the control code CC1T is preset based on a designated physical parameter QD1T within the physical parameter target range RD1ET. The control signal SC81 serves to indicate the measurement value target range RN1T by transmitting the target range limit value pair DN1T.

The step of performing the first check operation BV81 includes the following sub-steps: obtaining the target range limit value pair DN1T from the control signal SC81; and by comparing the first measured value VN81 with the obtained target range limit value pair DN1T, Perform this first check operation BV81. The method ML80 further includes the following steps: obtaining the rated range limit value pair DD1A from the control signal SC81; A second check operation BM81 of a second mathematical relationship KM81 between a measurement value VN81 and the rated measurement value range RD1N.

In some embodiments, the step of causing the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1ET includes the following sub-steps: based on the first inspection operation BV81 and the second inspection operation BM81, the first measurement value VN81 is made Whether it is a first logical decision PB81 within the corresponding measurement value range RX1T; under the condition that the first logical decision PB81 is affirmative, determine the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located; The control signal SC81 obtains the control code CC1T; and under the condition that the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET is determined, a signal generation control GY81 is executed based on the obtained control code CC1T to generate the variable physical parameter QU1A A function signal SG81 entering the target range RD1ET of the physical parameter.

The method ML80 further includes the following steps: after the signal generation control GY81 is executed within an operating time TF81, sensing the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate a second sensing signal SN82; after the operating time TF81 Within a specified time TG82, respond to the second sensing signal SN82 to obtain a second in the specified measurement value format HH81 Measured value VN82; and the target range RD1ET of the physical parameter in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located within the specified time TG82 by comparing the second measured value VN82 with the obtained target range limit value pair DN1T. Under certain conditions, a guarantee operation GU81 is performed, and the guarantee operation GU81 is used to cause a physical parameter target range code UN8T representing the determined physical parameter target range RD1ET to be recorded.

The variable physical parameter QU1A is related to a variable time length LF8A. For example, the variable time length LF8A is characterized based on a time length reference range HJ81 and a reference time length LJ8T. The time length reference range HJ81 is represented by a time length value reference range GJ81. The reference time length LJ8T is represented by a time length value CL8T. The control signal SC81 further conveys the time length value CL8T. The method ML80 further includes the following steps: obtaining the time length value CL8T from the control signal SC81; and checking a numerical relationship KJ81 between the obtained time length value CL8T and the time length value reference range GJ81 to make A second logic decision PE81 that controls whether a counting operation BC8T for a specific time TJ8T is to be executed.

The method ML80 further includes the following steps: under the condition that the second logic determines that PE81 is affirmative, execute the counting operation BC8T based on the obtained time length value CL8T; in the variable physical parameter QU1A due to the control signal SC81 It is configured to arrive at the specific time TJ8T based on the counting operation BC8T under the condition that the physical parameter target range RD1ET is within the target range RD1ET; Parameter target range RD1ET to enter the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET a signal generation operation Make BY91.

In some embodiments, the method ML80 further includes the following steps: providing a sensing unit 334, wherein the step of sensing the variable physical parameter QU1A is performed by using the sensing unit 334; and the execution is related to the physical parameter A physical parameter control function FA81 related to the target range RD1ET. The physical parameter control function FA81 is configured to comply with a physical parameter control function specification GAL8 related to the physical parameter target range RD1ET.

The sensing unit 334 is configured to comply with a sensor specification FU11 related to the measured value target range RN1T. For example, the sensor specification FU11 includes a sensor sensitivity representation GW81 for representing a sensor sensitivity YW81. The sensor sensitivity YW81 is related to a sensing signal generated by the sensing unit 334 to generate HF81. The first measurement value VN81 is obtained in a designated measurement value format HH81. For example, the designated measurement value format HH81 is characterized based on a designated number of bits UY81.

The corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET is represented by a corresponding measurement value range RX1T. A range combination of the physical parameter target range RD1ET and the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET is equal to a rated physical parameter range RD1E. The physical parameter control function specification GAL8 includes the sensor specification FU11, a rated physical parameter range representation GA8E used to represent the rated physical parameter range RD1E, and a physical parameter candidate range representation used to represent the physical parameter target range RD1ET GA8T. A range combination of the measurement value target range RN1T and the corresponding measurement value range RX1T is equal to a rated measurement value range RD1N.

The rated measurement value range RD1N represents the rated physical Parameter range RD1E, based on the rated physical parameter range representing GA8E, the sensor sensitivity representing GW81, and a first data encoding operation ZX81 for converting the rated physical parameter range representing GA8E to use the specified measurement value format HH81 to be predicted Set, and have a rated range limit value pair DD1A. For example, the rated range limit value pair DD1A is preset using the specified measurement value format HH81.

In some embodiments, the measured value target range RN1T is represented by a measured value target range code EM1T, and has a target range limit value pair DN1T. For example, the measurement value target range code EM1T is preset based on the physical parameter control function specification GAL8. The target range limit value pair DN1T includes a first target range limit value DN17 and a second target range limit value DN18 relative to the first target range limit value DN17, and the physical parameter candidate range represents GA8T, the sensing The sensor sensitivity indicator GW81 and a second data encoding operation ZX82 for converting the physical parameter candidate range indicator GA8T are preset using the specified measurement value format HH81.

The control signal SC81 serves to indicate the measurement value target range RN1T by transmitting the measurement value target range code EM1T, and is received from a control device 212. The physical parameter control function specification GAL8 further includes a physical parameter representation GA8T1. The physical parameter representation GA8T1 is used to represent a designated physical parameter QD1T within the physical parameter target range RD1ET. The control signal SC81 further transmits the rated range limit value pair DD1A.

In some embodiments, the method ML80 further includes the following steps: providing a storage space SU11, wherein the storage space SU11 There is a first memory location YM8T and a second memory location YX8T different from the first memory location YM8T, and the first memory location YM8T and the second memory location YX8T are both based on the measured value target range Code EM1T to be identified; store the rated range limit value pair DD1A in the storage space SU11; store the target range limit value pair DN1T in the first memory location YM8T; store a control code in the second memory location YX8T CC1T, where the control code CC1T is preset based on the physical parameter representing GA8T1 and a third data encoding operation ZX91 for converting the physical parameter representing GA8T1; and in response to the control signal SC81, from the control signal SC81 and the storage One of the spaces SU11 obtains the rated range limit value pair DD1A.

The step of performing the first check operation BV81 includes the following sub-steps: in response to the control signal SC81, obtain the measured value target range code EM1T from the control signal SC81; by running a data acquisition program ND8A, execute the measurement obtained using A data acquisition AD8A of the value target range code EM1T to obtain the target range threshold value pair DN1T, wherein the data acquisition AD8A is one of a first data acquisition operation AD81 and a second data acquisition operation AD82, and the data acquisition The program ND8A is constructed based on the physical parameter control function specification GAL8; and based on a first data comparison CD81 between the first measured value VN81 and the obtained target range limit value pair DN1T, the first check operation BV81 is performed .

The first data acquisition operation AD81 accesses the target range limit value pair DN1T stored in the first memory location YM8T based on the obtained measured value target range code EM1T to obtain the target range limit value pair DN1T. The second data acquisition operation AD82 is used by executing The obtained target range code EM1T of the measured value and a scientific calculation MZ81 of the obtained rated range limit value pair DD1A are obtained to obtain the target range limit value pair DN1T.

In some embodiments, the step of causing the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1ET includes the following sub-steps: based on the first check operation BV81, determining whether the first measurement value VN81 is the corresponding measurement value A first logical decision PB81 within the range RX1T; and under the condition that the first logical decision PB81 is affirmative, determine the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located.

The step of causing the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1ET further includes the following sub-steps: under the condition that the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located is determined, based on the obtained measurement Value the target range code EM1T to access the control code CC1T stored in the second memory location YX8T; based on the accessed control code CC1T, execute a signal generation control GY81 for the physical parameter control function FA81; And in response to the signal generation control GY81, perform a signal generation operation BY81 for the physical parameter control function FA81 to generate a function signal SG81, which is used to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1ET .

In some embodiments, the control device 212 is an external device. The method ML82 further includes the following steps: executing a designated function operation ZH81 related to the variable physical parameter QU1A, wherein the designated function operation ZH81 is used to cause a trigger event EQ81 to occur; and by The control device 212 is used to generate the control signal SC81 in response to the trigger event EQ81. The rated measurement value range RD1N is configured to have a plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RN11, RN12,... For example, the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RN11, RN12, ... are represented by the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12, ..., and include the measurement value target range RN1T.

The plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12, ... include the preset measurement value target range code EM1T, and are all preset based on the physical parameter control function specification GAL8. The physical parameter control function specification GAL8 further includes a corresponding physical parameter range representation GA8TY for representing the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET. The corresponding measurement value range RX1T is based on the corresponding physical parameter range representing GA8TY, the sensor sensitivity representing GW81, and a fourth data encoding operation ZX83 for converting the corresponding physical parameter range representing GA8TY to use the designated measurement value format HH81. Is preset. The variable physical parameter QU1A is further characterized based on the rated physical parameter range RD1E. The rated physical parameter range RD1E includes a plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2,.... For example, the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2,... include the physical parameter target range RD1ET.

In some embodiments, the method ML80 further includes a step of storing a variable physical parameter range code UN8A in the storage space SU11. When the control signal SC81 is received, the variable physical parameter range code UN8A is equal to a specific measurement value range code EM14 selected from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12,... For example, the specific measurement value range code EM14 indicates that based on a sensing operation ZS81 A specific physical parameter range RD1E4 previously determined. The specific physical parameter range RD1E4 is selected from the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2,.... The sensing operation ZS81 performed by the sensing unit 334 is used to sense the variable physical parameter QU1A. Before the input unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the specific measurement value range code EM14 is assigned to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A.

The method ML80 further includes a step: based on a second data comparison CD82 between the first measured value VN81 and the obtained rated range limit value pair DD1A, performing a check for checking the first measured value VN81 and the rated measurement A second mathematical relationship KM81 between the value range RD1N is a second check operation BM81. The step of causing the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1ET includes a sub-step: based on the first check operation BV81 and the second check operation BM81, the first logical decision PB81 is made. The first measured value VN81 is identified as an allowable value VG81 outside the measured value target range RN1T and within the rated measured value range RD1N based on the first data comparison CD81 and the second data comparison CD82 Under the condition of, the first logical decision PB81 is made affirmative.

In some embodiments, the method ML80 further includes the following steps: after the signal generation control GY81 is executed within an operating time TF81, sensing the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate a second sensing signal SN82; Within a specified time TG82 after the operating time TF81, respond to the second sensing signal SN82 to obtain a second measured value VN82 in the specified measured value format HH81; and by comparing the second measured value VN82 with the obtained The target range limit value of DN1T, check A third mathematical relationship KV91 between the second measured value VN82 and the measured value target range RN1T is used to make a second logical decision PB91 whether the second measured value VN82 is within the measured value target range RN1T.

The method ML80 further includes the following steps: under the condition that the second logical decision PB91 is affirmative, determine within the designated time TG82 the physical parameter target range RD1ET in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located, and generate an affirmative operation Report RL81, wherein the affirmative operation report RL81 indicates that the variable physical parameter QU1A successfully enters the physical parameter target range RD1ET an operation condition EP81; and outputs a control response signal SE81 that transmits the affirmative operation report RL81, thereby controlling The response signal SE81 is used to cause the control device 212 to obtain the positive operation report RL81.

The method ML80 further includes a step: when the specific measurement value range code EM14 is different from the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T and the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in the physical parameter target range RD1ET by making the first Under the condition that the second logic determines PB91 and is determined, based on a code difference DF81 between the variable physical parameter range code UN8A equal to the specific measurement value range code EM14 and the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T The obtained measurement value target range code EM1T is assigned to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A.

The method ML80 further includes the following steps: when the control signal SC81 is received, a first status indicator LB81 is displayed, wherein the first status indicator LB81 is used to indicate that the variable physical parameter QU1A is configured in the specific physical parameter range RD1E4 Within a first specific state XJ81; and the specific measurement value range code EM14 is different from the obtained Under the condition that the measured value target range code EM1T and the physical parameter target range RD1ET in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located is determined by making the second logical decision PB91, the first is determined based on the code difference DF81 The state indicator LB81 changes to a second state indicator LB82, wherein the second state indicator LB82 is used to indicate that the variable physical parameter QU1A is configured in a second specific state XJ82 within the physical parameter target range RD1ET.

In some embodiments, the method ML80 further includes the following steps: before the control signal SC81 is received, receiving a first write to DN1T and a first memory address AM8T including the preset target range limit value Request message WN8T, wherein the first memory location YM8T is identified based on the first memory address AM8T, and the first memory address AM8T is preset based on the preset measurement value target range code EM1T; and In response to the first write request message WN8T, the target range threshold pair DN1T of the first write request message WN8T is stored in the first memory location YM8T.

The method ML80 further includes the following steps: before the control signal SC81 is received, a second write request message WC8T including the preset control code CC1T and a second memory address AX8T is received, wherein the second memory The body position YX8T is identified based on the second memory address AX8T, and the second memory address AX8T is preset based on the preset measurement value target range code EM1T; and in response to the second write request message WC8T , Store the control code CC1T of the second write request message WC8T in the second memory location YX8T.

Please refer to Figure 1, Figure 2, Figure 3, Figure 4, Figure 5, Figure 6, and Figure 7. A function signal The method ML82 for SG81 to control a variable physical parameter QU1A is disclosed. The variable physical parameter QU1A is characterized based on a physical parameter target range RD1ET represented by a measured value target range RN1T and a corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET corresponding to the physical parameter target range RD1ET.

The method ML82 includes the following steps: the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate a first sensing signal SN81; a control signal SC81 that functions to indicate the target range RN1T of the measurement value is inputted Under the condition received by the unit 337, the processing unit 331 responds to the first sensing signal SN81 to obtain a first measurement value VN81; the processing unit 331 responds to the control signal SC81 to perform a function for checking the first measurement value VN81 and the A first check operation BV81 of a first mathematical relationship KV81 between the measured value target range RN1T; and the processing unit 331 determines the difference between the variable physical parameter QU1A and the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET based on the first check operation BV81 A physical parameter relationship between KH81 is used to make a reasonable decision PW81 for whether the function signal SG81 that causes the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1ET is to be generated.

In some embodiments, the method ML82 further includes a step: the control target device 130 provides a sensing unit 334. For example, the step of sensing the variable physical parameter QU1A is performed by using the sensing unit 334. The sensing unit 334 is configured to comply with a sensor specification FU11 related to the measured value target range RN1T. For example, the sensor specification FU11 includes a sensor sensitivity representation GW81 for representing a sensor sensitivity YW81. The sensor sensitivity YW81 is related to a sensing signal generated by the sensing unit 334 to generate HF81. The first measured value VN81 is obtained by the processing unit 331 in a designated measurement value format HH81.

The measured value target range RN1T has a target range limit value pair DN1T. The corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET is represented by a corresponding measurement value range RX1T. A range combination of the measurement value target range RN1T and the corresponding measurement value range RX1T is equal to a rated measurement value range RD1N. For example, the measurement value target range RN1T, the corresponding measurement value range RX1T, and the rated measurement value range RD1N are all preset based on the sensor sensitivity indicator GW81 in the designated measurement value format HH81. The rated measurement value range RD1N has a rated range limit value pair DD1A.

The control signal SC81 transmits the target range limit value pair DN1T, the rated range limit value pair DD1A and a control code CC1T. For example, the control code CC1T is preset based on a designated physical parameter QD1T within the physical parameter target range RD1ET. The control signal SC81 serves to indicate the measurement value target range RN1T by transmitting the target range limit value pair DN1T.

The step of performing the first check operation BV81 includes the following sub-steps: the processing unit 331 obtains the target range limit value pair DN1T from the control signal SC81; and the processing unit 331 compares the first measured value VN81 with the obtained For the target range limit value pair DN1T, the first check operation BV81 is performed. The method ML82 further includes the following steps: the processing unit 331 obtains the rated range limit value pair DD1A from the control signal SC81; and the processing unit 331 compares the first measured value VN81 with the obtained rated range limit value pair DD1A, execute a second check operation BM81 for checking a second mathematical relationship KM81 between the first measurement value VN81 and the rated measurement value range RD1N.

In some embodiments, the step of determining the physical parameter relationship KH81 to make the reasonable decision PW81 includes the following sub-steps: the processing unit 331 makes the first inspection operation BV81 and the second inspection operation BM81 based on the first inspection operation BV81 and the second inspection operation BM81. Whether the measurement value VN81 is a first logical decision PB81 within the corresponding measurement value range RX1T; and the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter relationship KH81 based on the first logical decision PB81 to make the reasonable decision PW81. The sub-step of determining the physical parameter relationship KH81 based on the first logical decision PB81 includes a sub-step: under the condition that the first logical decision PB81 is affirmative, the processing unit 331 recognizes that the physical parameter relationship KH81 is a physical parameter intersection. Relations to make the reasonable decision PW81 to become affirmative.

The method ML82 further includes the following steps: the processing unit 331 obtains the control code CC1T from the control signal SC81; and under the condition that the reasonable decision PW81 is affirmative, the processing unit 331 executes a process based on the obtained control code CC1T The signal generation control GY81 causes the output unit 338 to generate the function signal SG81 for causing the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1ET.

The method ML82 further includes the following steps: after the signal generation control GY81 is executed by the processing unit 331 within an operating time TF81, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate a second sensing signal SN82; the processing unit 331 responds to the second sensing signal SN82 within a specified time TG82 after the operating time TF81 to obtain a second measurement value VN82 in the specified measurement value format HH81; and in the variable physics The physical parameter target range RD1ET that the parameter QU1A is currently in is within the specified time TG82 by comparing the first The processing unit 331 performs a guarantee operation GU81 under the condition that the measured value VN82 and the obtained target range limit value pair DN1T are determined by the processing unit 331, and the guarantee operation GU81 is used to result in representing the determined physical parameter A physical parameter target range code UN8T of the target range RD1ET is recorded by the storage unit 332.

In some embodiments, the variable physical parameter QU1A is related to a variable time length LF8A. For example, the variable time length LF8A is characterized based on a time length reference range HJ81 and a reference time length LJ8T. The time length reference range HJ81 is represented by a time length value reference range GJ81. The reference time length LJ8T is represented by a time length value CL8T. The control signal SC81 further conveys the time length value CL8T. The operating unit 397 further includes a timer 339. The method ML82 further includes the following steps: the processing unit 331 obtains the time length value CL8T from the control signal SC81; and the processing unit 331 checks a value between the obtained time length value CL8T and the time length value reference range GJ81 The numerical relationship KJ81 is used to make a second logic decision PE81 for controlling whether a counting operation BC8T for a specific time TJ8T is to be executed by the timer 339.

The method ML82 further includes the following steps: under the condition that the second logic determines that PE81 is affirmative, the processing unit 331 causes the timer 339 to perform the counting operation BC8T based on the obtained time length value CL8T; The physical parameter QU1A is configured to be within the physical parameter target range RD1ET due to the control signal SC81, the processing unit 331 reaches the specific time TJ8T based on the counting operation BC8T; and the processing unit 331 causes the output unit 338 in that particular A signal generating operation BY91 for causing the variable physical parameter QU1A to leave the physical parameter target range RD1ET to enter the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET is performed within the time TJ8T.

In some embodiments, the method ML82 further includes the following steps: the control target device 130 provides a sensing unit 334, wherein the step of sensing the variable physical parameter QU1A is performed by using the sensing unit 334; and The operating unit 397 executes a physical parameter control function FA81 related to the physical parameter target range RD1ET. The physical parameter control function FA81 is configured to comply with a physical parameter control function specification GAL8 related to the physical parameter target range RD1ET.

The sensing unit 334 is configured to comply with a sensor specification FU11 related to the measured value target range RN1T. For example, the sensor specification FU11 includes a sensor sensitivity representation GW81 for representing a sensor sensitivity YW81. The sensor sensitivity YW81 is related to a sensing signal generated by the sensing unit 334 to generate HF81. The first measurement value VN81 is obtained by the processing unit 331 in a designated measurement value format HH81. For example, the designated measurement value format HH81 is characterized based on a designated number of bits UY81. For example, when the input unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to perform the sensing signal generation HF81 dependent on the sensor sensitivity YW81, and the sensing signal generates HF81 is used to generate the first sensing signal SN81.

In some embodiments, the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET is represented by a corresponding measurement value range RX1T. A range group of the physical parameter target range RD1ET and the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET The sum is equal to a rated physical parameter range RD1E. The physical parameter control function specification GAL8 includes the sensor specification FU11, a rated physical parameter range representation GA8E used to represent the rated physical parameter range RD1E, and a physical parameter candidate range representation used to represent the physical parameter target range RD1ET GA8T. A range combination of the measurement value target range RN1T and the corresponding measurement value range RX1T is equal to a rated measurement value range RD1N.

The rated measurement value range RD1N represents the rated physical parameter range RD1E, based on the rated physical parameter range represents GA8E, the sensor sensitivity represents GW81, and a first data encoding operation ZX81 used to convert the rated physical parameter range represents GA8E to The specified measurement value format HH81 is preset and has a rated range limit value pair DD1A. For example, the rated range limit value pair DD1A is preset using the specified measurement value format HH81. The measured value target range RN1T is represented by a measured value target range code EM1T, and has a target range limit value pair DN1T; thereby, the measured value target range code EM1T is configured to indicate the physical parameter target range RD1ET.

For example, the measurement value target range code EM1T is preset based on the physical parameter control function specification GAL8. The target range limit value pair DN1T includes a first target range limit value DN17 of the measured value target range RN1T and a second target range limit value DN18 relative to the first target range limit value DN17, and is based on the physical parameter candidate The range representation GA8T, the sensor sensitivity representation GW81, and a second data encoding operation ZX82 for converting the physical parameter candidate range representation GA8T are preset using the specified measurement value format HH81. The measured value target range RN1T is based on the physical parameter candidate range to represent GA8T, and the sensor sensitivity represents GW81 and the second data encoding operation ZX82 are preset using the designated measurement value format HH81.

The control signal SC81 serves to indicate the measurement value target range RN1T by transmitting the measurement value target range code EM1T, and is received from a control device 212. The physical parameter control function specification GAL8 further includes a physical parameter representation GA8T1. The physical parameter representation GA8T1 is used to represent a designated physical parameter QD1T within the physical parameter target range RD1ET. The control signal SC81 further transmits the rated range limit value pair DD1A.

In some embodiments, the method ML82 further includes the following steps: the storage unit 332 provides a storage space SU11, wherein the storage space SU11 has a first memory position YM8T and a second memory position different from the first memory position YM8T Two memory positions YX8T, and the first memory position YM8T and the second memory position YX8T are both identified based on the measured value target range code EM1T; and the storage unit 332 stores the rated range in the storage space SU11 The limit value is DD1A.

The method ML82 further includes the following steps: the storage unit 332 stores the target range limit value pair DN1T at the first memory location YM8T; the storage unit 332 stores a control code CC1T at the second memory location YX8T, wherein the control The code CC1T is preset based on the physical parameter representing GA8T1 and a third data encoding operation ZX91 for converting the physical parameter representing GA8T1; and the processing unit 331 responds to the control signal SC81, from the control signal SC81 and the storage space One of SU11 obtains the rated range limit value pair DD1A. The target range limit value pair DN1T and the control code CC1T are based on the preset target range of the measurement value. The peripheral code EM1T is stored by the storage unit 332.

The step of performing the first check operation BV81 includes the following sub-steps: the processing unit 331 responds to the control signal SC81 and obtains the measured value target range code EM1T from the control signal SC81; the processing unit 331 runs a data acquisition program ND8A , Execute a data acquisition AD8A using the acquired measurement value target range code EM1T to obtain the target range limit value pair DN1T, where the data acquisition AD8A is the result of a first data acquisition operation AD81 and a second data acquisition operation AD82 One of them, and the data acquisition program ND8A is constructed based on the physical parameter control function specification GAL8; and the processing unit 331 is based on the first measured value VN81 and the obtained target range limit value pair DN1T. A data comparison CD81, the first check operation BV81 is performed.

The first data acquisition operation AD81 uses the storage unit 332 to access the target range limit value pair DN1T stored in the first memory location YM8T based on the obtained measured value target range code EM1T to obtain the target range The limit value is DN1T. The second data acquisition operation AD82 obtains the target range limit value pair DN1T by executing a scientific calculation MZ81 using the obtained measured value target range code EM1T and the obtained rated range limit value pair DD1A.

In some embodiments, the step of determining the physical parameter relationship KH81 to make the reasonable decision PW81 includes the following sub-steps: the processing unit 331 determines whether the first measurement value VN81 is based on the first check operation BV81 Corresponding to a first logical decision PB81 within the measured value range RX1T; and the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter relationship KH81 based on the first logical decision PB81 to make the reasonable decision PW81. The sub-step of determining the physical parameter relationship KH81 based on the first logical decision PB81 includes a sub-step: under the condition that the first logical decision PB81 is affirmative, the processing unit 331 recognizes that the physical parameter relationship KH81 is a physical parameter intersection. Relations to make the reasonable decision PW81 to become affirmative.

For example, when the first target range limit value DN17 is different from the second target range limit value DN18 and the first measurement value VN81 is between the first target range limit value DN17 and the second target range limit value DN18 Under conditions, the processing unit 331 compares the first measurement value VN81 with the accessed first measurement range limit data code DN1A to make the first logical decision PB81 to become negative. Under the condition that the first target range limit value DN17, the second target range limit value DN18, and the first measurement value VN81 are equal, the processing unit 331 compares the first measurement value VN81 with the accessed value The first measurement range limit data code DN1A is used to make the first logical decision PB81 to become negative.

The method ML82 further includes the following steps: under the condition that the reasonable decision PW81 is affirmative, the processing unit 331 accesses the control stored in the second memory location YX8T based on the obtained measured value target range code EM1T Code CC1T; based on the accessed control code CC1T, the processing unit 331 executes a signal generation control GY81 for the physical parameter control function FA81 to control the output unit 338; and the output unit 338 generates control GY81 in response to the signal Execute a signal generation operation BY81 for the physical parameter control function FA81 to generate the function signal SG81, and the function signal SG81 is used to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1ET.

In some embodiments, the control device 212 is an external device. The method ML82 further includes the following steps: the processing unit 331 uses the output unit 338 to make the function target 335 execute a designated function operation ZH81 related to the variable physical parameter QU1A, wherein the designated function operation ZH81 is used to cause a trigger The event EQ81 occurs; and the control signal SC81 is generated in response to the trigger event EQ81 by using the control device 212. The rated measurement value range RD1N is configured to have a plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RN11, RN12,...

For example, the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RN11, RN12, ... has a total reference range number NT81, which is respectively represented by a plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12, ..., and includes the measurement value target range RN1T. The total number of reference ranges NT81 is preset based on the physical parameter control function specification GAL8. The plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12, ... include the preset measurement value target range code EM1T, and are all preset based on the physical parameter control function specification GAL8. The control signal SC81 further transmits the total reference range number NT81.

The method ML82 further includes a step: in response to the control signal SC81, the processing unit 331 obtains the total reference range number NT81 from one of the control signal SC81 and the storage space SU11. The scientific calculation MZ81 further uses the obtained total reference range number NT81. For example, the total number of reference ranges is greater than or equal to 2. For example, the total number of reference ranges NT11≧3; the total number of reference ranges NT11≧4; the total number of reference ranges NT11≧5; the total number of reference ranges NT11≧6; and the total number of reference ranges NT11≦255.

The method ML82 further includes a step: the function item In response to the function signal SG81, the mark 335 changes the variable physical parameter QU1A from a first specific physical parameter QU17 to a second specific physical parameter QU18. For example, the first specific physical parameter QU17 is within the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET; and the second specific physical parameter QU18 is within the physical parameter target range RD1ET. The physical parameter control function specification GAL8 further includes a corresponding physical parameter range representation GA8TY for representing the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET. The corresponding measurement value range RX1T is based on the corresponding physical parameter range representing GA8TY, the sensor sensitivity representing GW81, and a fourth data encoding operation ZX83 for converting the corresponding physical parameter range representing GA8TY to use the designated measurement value format HH81. Is preset.

In some embodiments, the variable physical parameter QU1A is further characterized based on the rated physical parameter range RD1E. The rated physical parameter range RD1E includes a plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2,.... For example, the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2,... include the physical parameter target range RD1ET. The measured value target range RN1T is a first part of the rated measured value range RD1N. The corresponding measurement value range RX1T is a second part of the rated measurement value range RD1N, adjacent to the measurement value target range RN1T, and complementary to the measurement value target range RN1T.

The rated measurement value range RD1N is equal to a range combination of the measurement value target range RN1T and the corresponding measurement value range RX1T complementary to the measurement value target range RN1T, and has the rated range limit value pair DD1A. For example, the rated range limit value pair DD1A includes a rated range limit value DD11 of the rated measurement value range RD1N and relative to the rated range limit value DD11 A rated range limit value DD12 of the range limit value DD11 is preset based on the rated physical parameter range representation GA8E, the sensor sensitivity representation GW81, and the first data encoding operation ZX81 using the designated measurement value format HH81.

For example, the measured value target range code EM1T is configured to be equal to an integer. The rated range limit value DD12 is greater than the rated range limit value DD11. There is a relative value VA11 between the rated range limit value DD12 and the rated range limit value DD11 relative to the rated range limit value DD11. The relative value VA11 is equal to a calculation result of the rated range limit value DD12 minus the rated range limit value DD11. For example, the target range limit value pair DN1T is preset based on the rated range limit value DD11, the rated range limit value DD12, the integer, and a ratio of the relative value VA11 to the total reference range number NT81. The scientific calculation MZ81 uses one of the rated range limit value DD11, the rated range limit value DD12, the integer, the ratio, and any combination thereof.

The method ML82 further includes a step: the processing unit 331 performs a second data comparison CD82 between the first measured value VN81 and the obtained rated range limit value pair DD1A, and performs a check for checking the first measured value VN81 A second check operation BM81 of a second mathematical relationship KM81 between the rated measurement value range RD1N and the rated measurement value range RD1N. The step of determining the physical parameter relationship KH81 to make the reasonable decision PW81 includes a sub-step: the processing unit 331 makes the first logical decision PB81 based on the first check operation BV81 and the second check operation BM81.

In some embodiments, the method ML82 further includes the following steps: when the signal is generated, the GY81 is controlled at an operating time TF81 After being executed by the processing unit 331, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate a second sensing signal SN82; the processing unit 331 is within a specified time TG82 after the operating time TF81, In response to the second sensing signal SN82, a second measurement value VN82 is obtained in the designated measurement value format HH81; and the processing unit 331 compares the second measurement value VN82 with the obtained target range limit value pair DN1T, Check a third mathematical relationship KV91 between the second measured value VN82 and the measured value target range RN1T to make a second logical decision PB91 whether the second measured value VN82 is within the measured value target range RN1T .

The method ML82 further includes the following steps: under the condition that the second logical decision PB91 is affirmative, the processing unit 331 determines within the specified time TG82 that the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in the physical parameter target range RD1ET, and A positive operation report RL81 is generated, wherein the positive operation report RL81 indicates an operation condition EP81 in which the variable physical parameter QU1A successfully enters the physical parameter target range RD1ET; and the processing unit 331 causes the output unit 338 to output the positive operation Report a control response signal SE81 of RL81, whereby the control response signal SE81 is used to cause the control device 212 to obtain the positive operation report RL81.

For example, after the processing unit 331 executes the signal generation control GY81, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to execute a sensing signal dependent on the sensor sensitivity YW81 to generate HF82, the sensing signal The HF82 is generated for generating the second sensing signal SN82. The processing unit 331 responds to the control signal SC81 by causing the output unit 338 to generate the control response signal SE81.

In some embodiments, the method ML82 further includes One step: the storage unit 332 stores a variable physical parameter range code UN8A in the storage space SU11. When the control signal SC81 is received, the variable physical parameter range code UN8A is equal to a specific measurement value range code EM14 selected from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12,... For example, the specific measurement value range code EM14 indicates a specific physical parameter range RD1E4 previously determined by the processing unit 331 based on a sensing operation ZS81. The specific physical parameter range RD1E4 is selected from the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2,.... The sensing operation ZS81 performed by the sensing unit 334 is used to sense the variable physical parameter QU1A. Before the input unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the specific measurement value range code EM14 is assigned to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A.

For example, before the input unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the processing unit 331 obtains the specific measurement value range code EM14. Under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the specific physical parameter range RD1E4 based on the sensing operation ZS81 before the input unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the processing unit 331 uses the storage unit 332 to obtain The specific measurement value range code EM14 is assigned to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A. The specific measurement value range code EM14 represents a specific measurement value range configured to represent the specific physical parameter range RD1E4. The specific measurement value range is preset based on the sensor sensitivity indicator GW81 in the specified measurement value format HH81. For example, the sensing unit 334 performs a sensing signal generation dependent on the sensor sensitivity YW81 by performing the sensing operation ZS81 to generate a sensing signal.

The input unit 337 receives the control signal SC81 Previously, the processing unit 331 received the sensing signal, obtained a specific measurement value in the designated measurement value format HH81 in response to the sensing signal, and performed a check for checking between the specific measurement value and the specific measurement value range. A specific check operation of mathematical relations. Under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines that the variable physical parameter QU1A is in the specific physical parameter range RD1E4 based on the specific inspection operation, the processing unit 331 uses the storage unit 332 to obtain the specific measurement value The range code EM14 is assigned to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A. The processing unit 331 responds to a specific sensing operation for sensing the variable physical parameter QU1A to determine whether the processing unit 331 will use the storage unit 332 to change the variable physical parameter range code UN8A. For example, the specific sensing operation is performed by the sensing unit 334.

The method ML82 further includes a step: when the specific measurement value range code EM14 is different from the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T and the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in the physical parameter target range RD1ET by making the first Under the condition that the second logic determines PB91 and is determined by the processing unit 331, the processing unit 331 is based on the variable physical parameter range code UN8A equal to the specific measurement value range code EM14 and the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T. A first code difference DF81 of DF81 is used to use the storage unit 332 to assign the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A.

The method ML82 further includes the following steps: when the control signal SC81 is received by the input unit 337, the output unit 338 displays a first status indicator LB81, wherein the first status indicator LB81 is used to indicate that the variable physical parameter QU1A is Configured in the specific physical parameter range A first specific state XJ81 within RD1E4; and the specific measurement value range code EM14 is different from the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T and the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in the physical parameter target range RD1ET by Under the condition that the second logic decision PB91 is made and determined by the processing unit 331, the processing unit 331 causes the output unit 338 to change the first status indicator LB81 to a second status indicator LB82 based on the first code difference DF81 . For example, the second state indicator LB82 is used to indicate that the variable physical parameter QU1A is configured in a second specific state XJ82 within the physical parameter target range RD1ET.

In some embodiments, the control signal SC81 is one of an electrical signal SP81 and an optical signal SQ81. The method ML82 further includes the following steps: under the condition that the control signal SC81 is the electric signal SP81, the processing unit 331 obtains the control message CG81 from the electric signal SP81 that transmits a control message CG81, wherein the control message CG81 includes the control message CG81. The measured value target range code EM1T; and under the condition that the control signal SC81 is the optical signal SQ81, the input unit 337 determines an encoded data DY81 by sensing an encoded image FY81 sent by the optical signal SQ81, and The encoded data DY81 is decoded to cause the processing unit 331 to obtain the control message CG81. For example, the encoded image FY81 represents the control message CG81.

The method ML82 further includes the following steps: under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is configured within the physical parameter target range RD1ET due to the control signal SC81, the input unit 337 receives a user input operation BQ81; the processing In response to the user input operation BQ81, the unit 331 determines a specific input code UW81, wherein the specific input The code UW81 is selected from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12,...; and under the condition that the specific input code UW81 is different from the preset measurement value target range code EM1T, the processing unit 331 is based on equal to the obtained A second code difference DX81 between the variable physical parameter range code UN8A of the measured value target range code EM1T and the specific input code UW81 is passed through the output unit 338, causing the variable physical parameter QU1A to leave the physical parameter The target range RD1ET can enter the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET.

In some embodiments, the step of sensing the variable physical parameter QU1A includes a sub-step: the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A in a restraining condition FR81 to generate the first sensing signal SN81. For example, the constraint condition FR81 is that the variable physical parameter QU1A is equal to a third specific physical parameter QU15 included in the rated physical parameter range RD1E. The step of obtaining the first measurement value VN81 in response to the first sensing signal SN81 includes a sub-step: the processing unit 331 estimates the third specific physical parameter QU15 to obtain the first measurement based on the first sensing signal SN81 Value VN81.

The first measured value VN81 is identified as an allowable value VG81 outside the measured value target range RN1T and within the rated measured value range RD1N based on the first data comparison CD81 and the second data comparison CD82 Under the condition of, the first logical decision PB81 is made by the processing unit 331 to become affirmative. Since the variable physical parameter QU1A in the constraint condition FR81 is outside the physical parameter target range RD1ET and within the rated physical parameter range RD1E, the processing unit 331 compares the CD81 with the second data based on the first data Compare the CD82 and identify the The first measurement value VN81 is the allowable value VG81 within the corresponding measurement value range RX1T.

In some embodiments, the sensing unit 334 is characterized based on the sensor sensitivity YW81 related to the sensing signal generation HF81, and is configured to comply with the sensor specification FU11. The sensor specification FU11 includes the sensor sensitivity representation GW81 for representing the sensor sensitivity YW81, and a sensor measurement range representation GW8R for representing a sensor measurement range RB8E. For example, the rated physical parameter range RD1E is configured to be the same as the sensor measurement range RB8E, or configured to be a part of the sensor measurement range RB8E. The sensor measurement range RB8E is related to a physical parameter sensing performed by the sensing unit 334. The measurement range of the sensor indicates that the GW8R is provided based on a first preset measurement unit. For example, the first preset measurement unit is one of a metric measurement unit and an English measurement unit.

The rated measurement value range RD1N and the rated range limit value pair DD1A are based on the rated physical parameter range representing GA8E, the sensor measurement range representing GW8R, the sensor sensitivity representing GW81, and the first data encoding operation ZX81. The specified measurement value format HH81 is preset. The measurement value target range RN1T and the target range limit value pair DN1T are both used based on the physical parameter candidate range representing GA8T, the sensor measurement range representing GW8R, the sensor sensitivity representing GW81, and the second data encoding operation ZX82. The specified measurement value format HH81 is preset.

The corresponding measurement value range RX1T is based on the corresponding physical parameter range represents GA8TY, the sensor measurement range represents GW8R, the The sensor sensitivity indicates that GW81 and the fourth data encoding operation ZX83 are preset using the designated measurement value format HH81. The rated physical parameter range represents GA8E, the physical parameter represents GA8T1, the physical parameter candidate range represents GA8T, and the corresponding physical parameter range represents GA8TY are all provided based on a second preset measurement unit. For example, the second preset measurement unit is one of a metric measurement unit and an English measurement unit, and is the same as or different from the first preset measurement unit. For example, the corresponding physical parameter range represents that GA8TY is derived based on the rated physical parameter range represents GA8E and the physical parameter candidate range represents GA8T.

The variable physical parameter QU1A is further characterized based on the sensor measurement range RB8E. For example, the sensor measurement range represents GW8R, the rated physical parameter range represents GA8E, the physical parameter candidate range represents GA8T, the corresponding physical parameter range represents GA8TY, and the physical parameter represents GA8T1 are all decimal data types. The first measurement value VN81, the second measurement value VN82, the rated range limit value pair DD1A, the target range limit value pair DN1T, and the control code CC1T all belong to the binary data type and are suitable for computer processing. The sensor specification FU11 and the physical parameter control function specification GAL8 are both preset.

In some embodiments, the method ML82 further includes the following steps: before the control signal SC81 is received by the input unit 337, the input unit 337 receives the preset target range limit value pair DN1T and a first memory location A first write request message WN8T at the address AM8T, wherein the first memory location YM8T is identified based on the first memory address AM8T, and the first memory address AM8T is based on the preset target range of the measurement value Code EM1T is preset; and where In response to the first write request message WN8T, the processing unit 331 uses the storage unit 332 to store the target range threshold pair DN1T of the first write request message WN8T in the first memory location YM8T.

The method ML82 further includes the following steps: before the control signal SC81 is received by the input unit 337, the input unit 337 receives a second write request including the preset control code CC1T and a second memory address AX8T Message WC8T, where the second memory location YX8T is identified based on the second memory address AX8T, and the second memory address AX8T is preset based on the preset measurement value target range code EM1T; and the In response to the second write request message WC8T, the processing unit 331 uses the storage unit 332 to store the control code CC1T of the second write request message WC8T in the second memory location YX8T.

Please refer to Figure 8 and Figure 9. FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9017 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9018 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. As shown in FIGS. 8 and 9, each of the implementation structure 9017 and the implementation structure 9018 includes the control device 212 and the control target device 130. The control target device 130 includes the operation unit 397, the sensing unit 334, the function target 335, and the storage unit 332. The operation unit 397 includes the processing unit 331, the input unit 337 and the output unit 338. The input unit 337 includes the first input component 3371, the second input component 3372, and the third input component 3373. The output unit 338 includes an output component 3381, an output component 3382 and an output component 3383. The sensing unit 334, the function target 335, the storage unit 332, the first input component 3371, the second input component 3372, the third input The component 3373, the output component 3381, the output component 3382, and the output component 3383 are all coupled to the processing unit 331, and are all controlled by the processing unit 331.

In some embodiments, the output component 3381 is further coupled to the functional target 335. The processing unit 331 executes the signal generation control GY81 based on the obtained control code CC1T within the operation time TF81. The output component 3381 responds to the signal generation control GY81 to execute the signal generation operation BY81 for the physical parameter control function FA81 to generate the function signal SG81 within the operation time TF81. For example, the function signal SG81 is a control signal. The output component 3381 transmits the function signal SG81 to the function target 335. The function target 335 responds to the function signal SG81 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1ET. For example, the function signal SG81 is one of a pulse width modulation signal, a potential quasi signal, a driving signal, and a command signal.

Under the condition that the processing unit 331 checks the third mathematical relationship KV91 to determine that the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in the physical parameter target range RD1ET, the processing unit 331 determines the positive operation report RL81 and causes the output unit 338 The control response signal SE81 that transmits the affirmative operation report RL81 is generated. The control response signal SE81 is one of an electrical signal LP81 and an optical signal LQ81. The output component 3382 is a transmitter. The output component 3383 is a light emitting component. For example, the processing unit 331 determines the current state of a physical parameter of the variable physical parameter QU1A within the physical parameter target range RD1ET by checking the third mathematical relationship KV91, and thereby identifies the variable physical parameter. A physical parameter relationship between the number QU1A and the physical parameter target range RD1ET is a physical parameter intersection relationship of the variable physical parameter QU1A currently within the physical parameter target range RD1ET.

Under the condition that the output component 3382 is configured to generate the control response signal SE81, the processing unit 331 causes the output component 3382 to transmit the positive operation report RL81 to the control device 212 based on the determined positive operation report RL81 The telecommunication number is LP81. Under the condition that the output component 3383 is configured to generate the control response signal SE81, the processing unit 331 causes the output component 3383 to generate the optical signal LQ81 that transmits the positive operation report RL81 based on the determined positive operation report RL81, Thereby, the control device 212 receives the generated optical signal LQ81 from the output component 3383. For example, the light emitting component is a display component. The optical signal LQ81 transmits an encoded image FZ81 representing the affirmative operation report RL81. For example, the coded image FZ81 is a coded image.

For example, the control device 212 is identified by a control device identifier HAOT. The control signal SC81 further conveys the control device identifier HA0T. The processing unit 331 obtains the control device identifier HA0T from the control signal SC81 in response to the control signal SC81, and based on the obtained control device identifier HA0T and the determined positive operation report RL81 to cause the output component 3382 to send The control device 212 transmits the electrical signal LP81 that conveys the affirmative operation report RL81.

In some embodiments, the input unit 337 receives the control signal SC81 from the control device 212 by wire or wirelessly. The control signal SC81 is one of the electrical signal SP81 and the optical signal SQ81. The first input component 3371 is a receiver, and the control signal SC81 is The electrical signal SP81 is received from the control device 212 under the condition of the electrical signal SP81. The second input component 3372 is a reader, and receives the optical signal SQ81 for delivering the encoded image FY81 from the control device 212 under the condition that the control signal SC81 is the optical signal SQ81. For example, the coded image FY81 is a coded image.

The function target 335 has the variable physical parameter QU1A. The input unit 337 further includes an input component 3374. The input component 3374 is coupled to the processing unit 331, is controlled by the processing unit 331, and receives a physical parameter signal SB81 from the control device 212 under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is provided by the control device 212. The function target 335 receives the physical parameter signal SB81 from the input component 3374. The processing unit 331 causes the function target 335 to use the physical parameter signal SB81 through the output component 3381 to form the variable physical parameter QU1A depending on the physical parameter signal SB81. For example, the input component 3374 is a receiving component. The control device 212 transmits the physical parameter signal SB81 to the input component 3374 in a wired or wireless manner.

The physical parameter target range RD1ET has a preset physical parameter target range limit ZD1T1 and a preset physical parameter target range limit ZD1T2 relative to the preset physical parameter target range limit ZD1T1. The target range limit value pair DN1T includes the first target range limit value DN17 and the second target range limit value DN18. The preset physical parameter target range limit ZD1T1 is represented by the first target range limit value DN17. The preset physical parameter target range limit ZD1T2 is represented by the second target range limit value DN18.

In some embodiments, the trigger event EQ81 is a state State change event. The control device 212 includes an operating unit 297 and a state change detector 475 coupled to the operating unit 297. For example, the state change detector 475 is one of a limit detector and an edge detector. The limit detector is a limit switch. The state change detector 475 is configured to detect the arrival of a characteristic physical parameter related to a predetermined characteristic physical parameter UL81 to the ZL82. The function object 335 includes a physical parameter application area AJ11. The physical parameter application area AJ11 has a variable physical parameter QG1A. The variable physical parameter QG1A is dependent on the variable physical parameter QU1A, and is characterized based on the predetermined characteristic physical parameter UL81. For example, the physical parameter application area AJ11 is one of a load area, a display area, a sensing area, a power supply area, and an environment area. The preset characteristic physical parameter UL81 is related to the variable physical parameter QU1A.

Before the input unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the processing unit 331 uses the output unit 338 to make the function target 335 execute the designated function operation ZH81 related to the variable physical parameter QU1A. The designated function operation ZH81 is used to control the variable physical parameter QG1A, and cause the trigger event EQ81 to occur by changing the variable physical parameter QG1A. The variable physical parameter QG1A is configured to be in a variable physical state XA8A. For example, the operation unit 397 is controlled by the control device 212 so that the function target 335 executes the designated function operation ZH81.

Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is within the specific physical parameter range RD1E4, the designated functional operation ZH81 causes the variable physical parameter QG1A to reach the preset characteristic physical parameter UL81 to form the characteristic physical parameter to ZL82, and By forming the characteristic physical parameter to reach ZL82, the variable physical state XA8A is changed from a non-characteristic physical parameter The arrival state XA81 changes to an actual characteristic physical parameter arrival state XA82. The state change detector 475 generates a trigger signal SX81 in response to the characteristic physical parameter reaching ZL82. For example, the actual characteristic physical parameter reaching state XA82 is characterized based on the preset characteristic physical parameter UL81. The state change detector 475 generates the trigger signal SX81 in response to a state change event in which the variable physical parameter QG1A is changed from the non-characteristic physical parameter reaching state XA81 to the actual characteristic physical parameter reaching state XA82.

For example, the trigger event EQ81 is the state change event in which the variable physical parameter QG1A enters the actual characteristic physical parameter arrival state XA82. The operating unit 297 receives the trigger signal SX81, and generates the control signal SC81 in response to the received trigger signal SX81. For example, under the condition that the state change detector 475 is the limit switch, the characteristic physical parameter reaching ZL82 is equal to a variable space position and the variable physical parameter QG1A reaches the preset characteristic equal to a preset limit position. A limit position of the physical parameter UL81 has been reached.

For example, the operating unit 297 obtains a control application code UA8T including at least one of the target range limit value pair DN1T and the measured value target range code EM1T in response to the received trigger signal SX81, and based on the control application code UA8T generates the control signal SC81 that transmits at least one of the target range limit value pair DN1T and the measured value target range code EM1T. For example, the function target 335 forms the variable physical parameter QG1A in the physical parameter application area AJ11 by executing the designated function operation ZH81 caused based on the variable physical parameter QU1A. In the physical parameter application area, AJ11 is coupled to the state change detection Under the condition of the device 475, the state change detector 475 detects that the characteristic physical parameter reaches the ZL82.

In some embodiments, the variable physical parameter QU1A is a first variable electrical parameter, a first variable mechanical parameter, a first variable optical parameter, a first variable temperature, a first variable Voltage, a first variable current, a first variable electric power, a first variable resistor, a first variable capacitor, a first variable inductance, a first variable frequency, a first clock Time, a first variable length of time, a first variable brightness, a first variable light intensity, a first variable volume, a first variable data flow, a first variable amplitude, a first Variable space position, a first variable displacement, a first variable sequence position, a first variable angle, a first variable space length, a first variable distance, a first variable translation speed, One of a first variable angular velocity, a first variable acceleration, a first variable force, a first variable pressure, and a first variable mechanical power.

The operating unit 397 is configured to rely on the control signal SC81 to execute the physical parameter control function FA81 related to the variable physical parameter QU1A. The control target device 130 is one of a plurality of application devices. The physical parameter control function FA81 is one of a plurality of specific control functions, and the plurality of specific control functions include a light control function, a force control function, an electric control function, a magnetic control function, and any combination thereof. The plural application devices include a relay, a control switch device, a motor, a lighting device, a door, a vending machine, an energy converter, a load device, a timing device, a toy, an electrical appliance, a printing device, a Display device, a mobile device, a speaker, and any combination thereof.

The functional target 335 is one of the plural application targets One, and is configured to perform a specific application function. The specific application function is one of the plural physical parameter application functions. The plural physical parameter application function includes a light use function, a force use function, an electricity use function, a magnetic use function, and any combination thereof. The plural application targets include an electronic component, an actuator, a resistor, a capacitor, an inductor, a relay, a control switch, a transistor, a motor, a lighting unit, an energy conversion unit, and a load unit , A certain time unit, a printing unit, a display target, a speaker and any combination thereof. For example, the functional target 335 is a physically achievable functional target.

For example, the variable physical parameter QU1A and the variable physical parameter QG1A belong to a physical parameter type TU11 and a physical parameter type TU1G, respectively. The physical parameter type TU11 is the same as or different from the physical parameter type TU1G. The preset characteristic physical parameter UL81 belongs to the physical parameter type TU1G. The function object 335 further includes a physical parameter formation area AU11 having the variable physical parameter QU1A. The physical parameter application area AJ11 is coupled to the physical parameter forming area AU11. For example, the designated function operation ZH81 is used to drive the physical parameter application area AJ11 to form the characteristic physical parameter to ZL82. For example, the physical parameter formation area AU11 is one of a load area, a display area, a sensing area, a power supply area, and an environment area. For example, the physical parameter type TU11 is different from a time type.

The variable physical parameter QG1A is a variable electrical parameter, a variable mechanical parameter, a variable optical parameter, a variable temperature, a variable voltage, a variable current, a variable electric power, a variable Resistance, a variable capacitor, a variable inductance, a variable frequency, a clock time, a variable time length, a variable brightness, a variable light intensity, a variable volume, A variable data flow, a variable amplitude, a variable space position, a variable displacement, a variable sequence position, a variable angle, a variable space length, a variable distance, a variable translation speed, One of a variable angular velocity, a variable acceleration, a variable force, a variable pressure, and a variable mechanical power. For example, the variable physical parameter QU1A is the same as or different from the variable physical parameter QG1A.

Please refer to Figure 10, Figure 11 and Figure 12. FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9019 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9020 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. As shown in FIGS. 10, 11, and 12, each of the implementation structure 9019, the implementation structure 9020, and the implementation structure 9021 includes the control device 212 and the control target device 130. The control target device 130 includes the operation unit 397, the sensing unit 334, the function target 335, and the storage unit 332. The operation unit 397 includes the processing unit 331, the input unit 337 and the output unit 338. The input unit 337, the output unit 338, the sensing unit 334, the function target 335, and the storage unit 332 should all be controlled by the processing unit 331.

In some embodiments, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate the first sensing signal SN81. For example, under the condition that the input unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate the first sensing signal SN81. After the processing unit 331 executes the signal generation control GY81 to cause the output unit 338 to generate the function signal SG81 within the operation time TF81, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate the first Two sensing signal SN82. For example, the sensing unit 334 is a Time sensing unit, an electrical parameter sensing unit, a mechanical parameter sensing unit, an optical parameter sensing unit, a temperature sensing unit, a humidity sensing unit, a motion sensing unit, an inertial measurement unit, and One of the magnetic parameter sensing units.

The sensing unit 334 includes a sensing component 3341 coupled to the processing unit 331, and uses the sensing component 3341 to generate the first sensing signal SN81 and the second sensing signal SN82. The sensing component 3341 belongs to a sensor type 7341 and is one of the first plural application sensors. The first plural application sensor includes a first voltage sensor, a first current sensor, a first resistance sensor, a first capacitance sensor, a first inductance sensor, a First accelerometer, a first gyroscope, a first pressure transducer, a first strain gauge, a first timer, a first light detector, a first temperature sensor and a first Humidity sensor. For example, the sensing component 3341 generates a sensing signal component SN811. The first sensing signal SN81 includes the sensing signal component SN811.

The sensing unit 334 further includes a sensing component 3342 coupled to the processing unit 331, and uses the sensing component 3342 to generate the first sensing signal SN81 and the second sensing signal SN82. The sensor component 3342 belongs to a sensor type 7342 and is one of the second plural application sensors. The sensor type 7342 is different from or independent of the sensor type 7341. The second plural application sensor includes a second voltage sensor, a second current sensor, a second resistance sensor, a second capacitance sensor, a second inductance sensor, a Second accelerometer, a second gyroscope, a second pressure transducer, a second strain gauge, a second timer, a second light detector, a second temperature sensor and a second Humidity sensor.

For example, the sensing component 3342 generates a sensing signal component SN812. The first sensing signal SN81 further includes the sensing signal component SN812. For example, the sensing unit 334 belongs to a sensor type 734. The sensor type 734 is related to the sensor type 7341 and the sensor type 7342. For example, the sensing unit 334, the sensing component 3341, and the sensing component 3342 are an electric power sensing unit, a voltage sensor, and a current sensor, respectively. For example, the sensing unit 334, the sensing component 3341, and the sensing component 3342 are an inertial measurement unit, an accelerometer, and a gyroscope, respectively.

In some embodiments, the variable physical parameter QU1A depends on a variable physical parameter JA1A and a variable physical parameter JB1A different from the variable physical parameter JA1A. For example, the variable physical parameter QU1A, the variable physical parameter JA1A, and the variable physical parameter JB1A are respectively a variable electric power, a variable voltage, and a variable current, and belong to a first physical parameter type, A second physical parameter type and a third physical parameter type. The second physical parameter type and the third physical parameter type are different or independent. The first physical parameter type depends on the second physical parameter type and the third physical parameter type. The sensing component 3341 senses the variable physical parameter JA1A to generate the sensing signal component SN811. The sensing component 3342 senses the variable physical parameter JB1A to generate the sensing signal component SN812.

The processing unit 331 receives the sensing signal component SN811 and the sensing signal component SN812. Under the condition that the input unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the processing unit 331 responds to the sensing signal component SN811 and the sensing signal component SN812 to obtain the first measurement value VN81. For example, the processing unit 331 obtains a measurement value VN811 in response to the sensing signal component SN811, obtains a measurement value VN812 in response to the sensing signal component SN812, and executes one of the measurement value VN811 and the measurement value VN812. The MY81 is scientifically calculated to obtain the first measured value VN81. The scientific calculation MY81 is predetermined based on the first physical parameter type, the second physical parameter type, and the third physical parameter type.

Each physical parameter of the variable physical parameter JA1A and the variable physical parameter JB1A is a variable electrical parameter, a variable mechanical parameter, a variable optical parameter, a variable temperature, a variable voltage, and a variable electrical parameter. Variable current, one variable electric power, one variable resistor, one variable capacitor, one variable inductance, one variable frequency, one clock time, one variable time length, one variable brightness, one variable light intensity , A variable volume, a variable data flow, a variable amplitude, a variable space position, a variable displacement, a variable sequence position, a variable angle, a variable space length, a variable distance, One of a variable translation speed, a variable angular velocity, a variable acceleration, a variable force, a variable pressure, and a variable mechanical power.

In some embodiments, the sensing unit 334 is configured to comply with the sensor specification FU11. The sensing unit 334 generates the first sensing signal SN81 by executing the sensing signal generation HF81 dependent on the sensor sensitivity YW81. The function object 335 includes the physical parameter formation area AU11 having the variable physical parameter QU1A. Under the condition that the input unit 337 receives the control signal SC81 and the variable physical parameter QU1A exists in the physical parameter formation area AU11, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate the first sensing Signal SN81. For example, the sensing unit 334 is coupled to the physical parameter formation area AU11, or is located in the physical parameter formation area AU11. In the parameter formation area AU11. The processing unit 331 receives the first sensing signal SN81, and obtains the first measurement value VN81 in the designated measurement value format HH11 by processing the received first sensing signal SN81.

The processing unit 331 processes the received first sensing signal SN81 to obtain a measurement value sequence JN81 including the first measurement value VN81. The processing unit 331 performs a check for checking a mathematical relationship KV85 between the measurement value sequence JN81 and the measurement value target range RN1T by comparing the measurement value sequence JN81 with the obtained target range limit value pair DN1T Operate BV85. The processing unit 331 performs a check for checking a mathematical relationship KM85 between the measurement value sequence JN81 and the rated measurement value range RD1N by comparing the measurement value sequence JN81 with the obtained rated range limit value pair DD1A Operate BM85. The processing unit 331 makes the first logical decision PB81 based on the check operation BV85 and the check operation BM85. The inspection operation BV85 and the inspection operation BM85 respectively include the first inspection operation BV81 and the second inspection operation BM81.

For example, based on the first data comparison CD81 and the second data comparison CD82, the processing unit 331 identifies that the first measurement value VN81 is outside the measurement value target range RN1T and within the rated measurement value range RD1N Under the condition of the allowable value VG81, the processing unit 331 makes the first logical decision PB81 to become affirmative. Alternatively, under the condition that the processing unit 331 recognizes that the first mathematical relationship KV81 is a numerical non-intersection relationship and that the second mathematical relationship KM81 is a numerical intersection relationship KN81, the processing unit 331 makes the first logical decision PB81 To be sure. Under the condition that the first logic determines that PB81 is negative, the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter target that the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in. Target range RD1ET, and cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to remain within the target range RD1ET of the physical parameter.

In some embodiments, the processing unit 331 responds to the control signal SC81 to obtain the measured value target range code EM1T from the control signal SC81. The processing unit 331 performs a verification operation ZU81 related to the variable physical parameter QU1A within the designated time TG82 after the operation time TF81. Under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter target range RD1ET into which the variable physical parameter QU1A enters based on the verification operation ZU81, the processing unit 331 uses the storage unit 332 to convert the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T is assigned to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A. For example, the verification operation ZU81 responds to the second sensing signal SN82 within the designated time TG82 after the operation time TF81 to obtain the second measured value VN82 in the designated measured value format HH81.

The verification operation ZU81 obtains the target range limit value pair DN1T based on the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T, and checks the second measurement value VN82 with the obtained target range limit value pair DN1T. The third mathematical relationship KV91 between the second measurement value VN82 and the measurement value target range RN1T is used to make the second logical decision PB91 whether the second measurement value VN82 is within the measurement value target range RN1T. Under the condition that the second logical decision PB91 is affirmative, the verification operation ZU81 determines the physical parameter target range RD1ET in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located, or determines the physical parameter target range RD1ET into which the variable physical parameter QU1A enters .

The code EM14 is different from that obtained in this specific measurement value range The target range code EM1T of the measured value is obtained and the processing unit 331 determines based on the verification operation ZU81 that the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in the target range RD1ET of the physical parameter. The processing unit 331 is based on the condition equal to the specific measured value The first code difference DF81 between the variable physical parameter range code UN8A of the range code EM14 and the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T is used to use the storage unit 332 to store the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T Assign the variable physical parameter range code UN8A.

In some embodiments, under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines that the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in the physical parameter target range RD1ET based on the verification operation ZU81 within the specified time TG82, the processing unit 331 executes equal to A data comparison CE8T between the variable physical parameter range code UN8A of the specific measurement value range code EM14 and the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T. The processing unit 331 compares CE8T based on the data to determine the first code difference DF81 between the variable physical parameter range code UN8A equal to the specific measurement value range code EM14 and the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T. Under conditions, the processing unit 331 uses the storage unit 332 to assign the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A.

For example, under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the first code difference DF81 based on the data comparison CE8T, the processing unit 331 executes the guarantee operation GU81, and the guarantee operation GU81 is used to result in representing the determined target range of the physical parameter The physical parameter target range code UN8T of RD1ET is recorded by the storage unit 332. For example, the physical parameter target range code UN8T is equal to the obtained measured value target range code EM1T. It is necessary to ensure that the operation GU81 uses the storage unit 332 to transfer the obtained measurement value The target range code EM1T is assigned to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A.

When the input unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the output component 3383 displays the first status indicator LB81. For example, the first state indication LB81 is used to indicate that the variable physical parameter QU1A is configured in the first specific state XJ81 within the specific physical parameter range RD1E4. Before the input unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the processing unit 331 is configured to obtain the specific measurement value range code EM14, and based on the obtained specific measurement value range code EM14, cause the output unit 338 to display the first The status indicates LB81.

Under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the first code difference DF81 based on the data comparing CE8T, the processing unit 331 causes the output component 3383 to indicate the first status LB81 based on the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T Change to this second state to indicate LB82. For example, the second state indicator LB82 is used to indicate that the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in the second specific state XJ82 within the physical parameter target range RD1ET.

In some embodiments, the variable physical parameter QU1A is further characterized based on a physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 and a corresponding physical parameter range RY1E2 corresponding to the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2. The rated physical parameter range RD1E is equal to a range combination of the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 and the corresponding physical parameter range RY1E2. The physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 is different from the physical parameter target range RD1ET. The corresponding physical parameter range RY1E2 is different from the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET. The rated physical parameter range RD1E includes the physical parameter target range RD1ET and the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2. The corresponding The physical parameter range RY1ET includes the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2. The corresponding physical parameter range RY1E2 includes the physical parameter target range RD1ET.

The physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 is represented by a measurement value candidate range RN12. The corresponding physical parameter range RY1E2 is represented by a corresponding measurement value range RX12. The rated measurement value range RD1N is equal to a range combination of the measurement value candidate range RN12 and the corresponding measurement value range RX12. For example, the measurement value candidate range RN12 is preset based on the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 and the rated measurement value range RD1N. The corresponding measurement value range RX12 is preset based on the rated measurement value range RD1N and the rated measurement value range RD1N. The rated measurement value range RD1N is preset based on the rated physical parameter range representing GA8E, the sensor sensitivity representing GW81, and the rated physical parameter range representing GA8E using the designated measurement value format HH81.

The measurement value candidate range RN12 is different from the measurement value target range RN1T. The corresponding measurement value range RX12 is different from the corresponding measurement value range RX1T. The rated measurement value range RD1N includes the measurement value target range RN1T and the measurement value candidate range RN12. The corresponding measurement value range RX12 is adjacent to the measurement value candidate range RN12, and is complementary to the measurement value candidate range RN12. The corresponding measurement value range RX1T includes the measurement value candidate range RN12. The corresponding measurement value range RX12 includes the measurement value target range RN1T. The plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2, ... further include the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2, which is represented by the plurality of different measured value reference ranges RN11, RN12, ..., and is represented by a plurality of physical parameter reference range codes.

The measurement value candidate range RN12 is represented by a measurement value candidate range code EM12 and has a candidate range threshold pair DN1B, whereby the measurement value candidate range code EM12 is configured to indicate the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2. For example, the candidate range limit value pair DN1B includes a candidate range limit value DN13 of the measurement value candidate range RN12 and a candidate range limit value DN14 relative to the candidate range limit value DN13. The measurement value candidate range code EM12 and the candidate range limit value pair DN1B are both preset. The plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12,... Contain the preset measurement value candidate range code EM12. The plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RN11, RN12, ... further include the measurement value candidate range RN12, and are respectively represented by the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12, .... For example, the plural physical parameter reference range codes are configured to be respectively equal to the plural different measured value reference range codes EM11, EM12,...

For example, the trigger application function specification GAL8 further includes a physical parameter candidate range representation GA82 for representing the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2. The measurement value candidate range RN12 and the candidate range limit value pair DN1B are based on the physical parameter candidate range representing GA82, the sensor measurement range representing GW8R, the sensor sensitivity representing GW81, and the candidate range for converting the physical parameter A data encoding operation ZX84 representing GA82 is preset using the specified measurement value format HH81.

In some embodiments, the physical parameter control function specification GAL8 is used to indicate the rated physical parameter range RD1E and the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2,... The rated measurement value range RD1N, the rated range limit value to DD1A, the multiple different measurement value parameters The test ranges RN11, RN12,..., and the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12,... are all preset based on the physical parameter control function specification GAL8. The physical parameter control function FA81 is selected from multiple different physical parameter control functions. The storage unit 332 stores the physical parameter control function specification GAL8.

The processing unit 331 presets the rated range limit value pair DD1A, the target range limit value pair DN1T, the candidate range limit value pair DN1B,... according to the physical parameter control function specification GAL8. The first sensing signal SN81 includes sensing data. For example, the sensing data belongs to the binary data type. The processing unit 331 obtains the first measurement value VN81 in the designated measurement value format HH81 based on the sensing data.

In some embodiments, the operating unit 397 is configured to rely on the control signal SC81 to execute the physical parameter control function FA81. The processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter relationship KH81 based on the first check operation BV81 for the physical parameter control function FA81 and the second check operation BM81 for the physical parameter control function FA81 to make the reasonable decision PW81 .

In some embodiments, under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is configured within the physical parameter target range RD1ET due to the control signal SC81, the third input component 3373 included in the input unit 337 receives the The user inputs operation BQ81, and responds to the user input operation BQ81 to provide input data DH81 to the processing unit 331. The processing unit 331 performs a data encoding operation EA81 on the input data DH81 to determine the specific input code UW81. The processing unit 331 executes control for the physical parameter in response to determining the specific input code UW81. A check operation ZP81 of the control function FA81 determines whether the determined specific input code UW81 is equal to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A.

For example, under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the specific input code UW81, the processing unit 331 uses the storage unit 332 to read the variable physical parameter range code UN8A equal to the measured value target range code EM1T, and The checking operation ZP81 for checking an arithmetic relationship KP81 between the determined specific input code UW81 and the read measurement value target range code EM1T is performed. The check operation ZP81 is configured to compare the determined specific input code UW81 with the read target range code EM1T by executing a data comparison CE81 for the physical parameter control function FA81 to determine the determined Whether the specific input code UW81 and the read target range code EM1T of the measured value are different.

The processing unit 331 determines the second code between the determined specific input code UW81 and the variable physical parameter range code UN8A equal to the obtained measured value target range code EM1T by executing the data comparison CE81 Under the condition of the difference DX81, the processing unit 331 causes the output component 3381 to perform a signal generation operation BY82 for the physical parameter control function FA81 to generate a function signal SG82. For example, the function signal SG82 is a control signal. The output component 3381 transmits the function signal SG82 to the function target 335. The function target 335 responds to the function signal SG82 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET from the physical parameter target range RD1ET. For example, the function signal SG82 is one of a pulse width modulation signal, a potential quasi signal, a driving signal, and a command signal.

For example, in the determined input code UW81 is equal to The preset measurement value candidate range code EM12 results in the second code difference between the determined specific input code UW81 and the variable physical parameter range code UN8A equal to the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T Under the condition of DX81, the processing unit 331 determines the second code difference DX81 by performing the data comparison CE81, and in response to determining the second code difference DX81, causes the output component 3381 to generate the function signal SG82. The function target 335 responds to the function signal SG82 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 included in the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET from the physical parameter target range RD1ET.

For example, after the processing unit 331 causes the output component 3381 to perform the signal generation operation BY82, the processing unit 331 performs a verification operation related to the variable physical parameter QU1A within a specified time. Under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 into which the variable physical parameter QU1A enters based on the verification operation, the processing unit 331 will be equal to the determined value of the preset measurement value candidate range code EM12 The specific input code UW81 is assigned to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A.

Please refer to Figure 13 and Figure 14. FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9022 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9023 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. As shown in FIGS. 13 and 14, each of the implementation structure 9022 and the implementation structure 9023 includes the control device 212 and the control target device 130. The control target device 130 includes the operation unit 397, the sensing unit 334, the function target 335, and the storage unit 332. The operation unit 397 includes the processing unit 331 and the input unit 337 And the output unit 338.

In some embodiments, the storage unit 332 has the first memory location YM8T and the second memory location YX8T different from the first memory location YM8T, and stores the target range limit in the first memory location YM8T Value pair DN1T, and store the control code CC1T in the second memory location YX8T. For example, the first memory position YM8T and the second memory position YX8T are both identified based on the preset measurement value target range code EM1T.

The physical parameter control function specification GAL8 includes the physical parameter representation GA8T1, and the physical parameter representation GA8T1 is used to indicate the designated physical parameter QD1T within the physical parameter target range RD1ET. The control code CC1T is preset based on the physical parameter representing GA8T1 and the third data encoding operation ZX91 for converting the physical parameter representing GA8T1. The first memory location YM8T is identified based on the first memory address AM8T, or is identified by the first memory address AM8T. The second memory location YX8T is identified based on the second memory address AX8T, or is identified by the second memory address AX8T.

The storage unit 332 further has a memory location YM82 and a memory location YX82 different from the memory location YM82. The candidate range limit value pair DN1B is stored in the memory location YM82, and a memory location YX82 is stored in the memory location YX82. Control code CC12. For example, the memory position YM82 and the memory position YX82 are both identified based on the preset measurement value candidate range code EM12. The control code CC12 is preset based on a designated physical parameter QD12 within the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2. The memory location YM82 is based on a memory address AM82 is identified, or identified by the memory address AM82. The memory location YX82 is identified based on a memory address AX82, or is identified by the memory address AX82.

For example, the physical parameter control function specification GAL8 includes a physical parameter representation GA812, and the physical parameter representation GA812 is used to indicate the designated physical parameter QD12 within the physical parameter target range RD1E2. The control code CC12 is preset based on the physical parameter representation GA812 and a data encoding operation ZX92 for converting the physical parameter representation GA812.

In some embodiments, the target range limit value pair DN1T and the candidate range limit value pair DN1B both belong to a measurement range limit data code type TN81. The measurement range limit data code type TN81 is identified by a measurement range limit data code type identifier HN81. The control code CC1T and the control code CC12 both belong to a control code type TC81. The control code type TC81 is identified by a control code type identifier HC81. The measurement range limit data code type identifier HN81 and the control code type identifier HC81 are both preset.

The first memory address AM8T is preset based on the preset measurement value target range code EM1T and the preset measurement range limit data code type identifier HN81. The second memory address AX8T is preset based on the preset measurement value target range code EM1T and the preset control code type identifier HC81. The memory address AM82 is preset based on the preset measurement value candidate range code EM12 and the preset measurement range limit data code type identifier HN81. The memory address AX82 is based on the preset measurement value candidate range code EM12 and the preset The control code type identifier HC81 is preset.

In some embodiments, the processing unit 331 obtains the measurement value target range code EM1T from the control signal SC81, and obtains the preset measurement range limit data code type identifier HN81 in response to the control signal SC81, based on the obtained The measurement value target range code EM1T and the obtained measurement range limit data code type identifier HN81 are used to obtain the first memory address AM8T, and the storage unit 332 is used based on the obtained first memory address AM8T. Access the target range limit value pair DN1T stored in the first memory location YM8T to obtain the target range limit value pair DN1T.

The processing unit 331 performs the first check operation BV81 based on the first data comparison CD81 between the first measured value VN81 and the obtained target range limit value pair DN1T, and performs the first check operation BV81 based on the first check operation BV81 Whether the first measurement value VN81 is within the first logical decision PB81 within the corresponding measurement value range RX1T, and under the condition that the first logical decision PB81 is affirmative, it is determined that the corresponding variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in Physical parameter range RY1ET. For example, under the condition that the first logical decision PB81 is affirmative, the processing unit 331 determines that the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in a physical parameter within the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET, and thereby identifies the variable physical parameter. The physical parameter relationship KH81 between the parameter QU1A and the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET is a physical parameter intersection relationship of the variable physical parameter QU1A currently in the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET.

The processing unit 331 responds to the control signal SC81 to obtain the preset control code type identifier HC81. In the processing unit 331 After determining that the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET, the processing unit 331 obtains the first measurement value target range code EM1T and the control code type identifier HC81 obtained. Two memory addresses AX8T, and based on the obtained second memory address AX8T, the storage unit 332 is used to access the control code CC1T stored in the second memory location YX8T. The processing unit 331 causes the output unit 338 to execute the signal generation operation BY81 for the physical parameter control function FA81 based on the accessed control code CC1T to generate the function signal SG81, and the function signal SG81 is used to control the function The target 335 causes the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1ET.

In some embodiments, before the input unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, one of the first input component 3371 and the second input component 3372 receives the preset target range limit value pair DN1T and all The first write request message WN8T of the preset first memory address AM8T. For example, one of the first input component 3371 and the second input component 3372 receives the first write request message WN8T from the control device 212 in advance. The processing unit 331 responds to the first write request message WN8T to use the storage unit 332 to store the target range threshold pair DN1T of the first write request message WN8T in the first memory location YM8T.

Before the input unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, one of the first input component 3371 and the second input component 3372 receives the preset control code CC1T and the preset second memory address The second write request message WC8T of AX8T. For example, the One of the first input component 3371 and the second input component 3372 receives the second write request message WC8T from the control device 212 in advance. The processing unit 331 responds to the second write request message WC8T to use the storage unit 332 to store the control code CC1T of the second write request message WC8T in the second memory location YX8T.

The storage unit 332 further has a memory location YN81, and stores the rated range limit value pair DD1A in the memory location YN81. The memory location YN81 is identified based on a memory address AN81, or is identified by the memory address AN81. For example, the memory address AN81 is preset. Before the input unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, one of the first input component 3371 and the second input component 3372 receives the preset limit value pair DD1A of the rated range and the preset memory position A write request message WD81 at address AN81. For example, one of the first input component 3371 and the second input component 3372 receives the write request message WD81 from the control device 212 in advance. The processing unit 331 responds to the write request message WD81 to use the storage unit 332 to store the rated range limit value pair DD1A of the write request message WD81 in the memory location YN81.

In some embodiments, the determined specific input code UW81 is equal to the preset measurement value candidate range code EM12 to cause the determined specific input code UW81 to be equal to the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter range codes UN8A have the second code difference DX81, the processing unit 331 determines the second code difference DX81 by performing the data comparison CE81. Under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the second code difference DX81, the processing unit 331 is based on the The determined specific input code UW81 of the preset measurement value candidate range code EM12 and the obtained control code type identifier HC81 are used to obtain the memory address AX82.

The processing unit 331 uses the storage unit 332 to access the control code CC12 stored in the memory location YX82 based on the obtained memory address AX82, and causes the output based on the accessed control code CC12 The unit 338 performs the signal generation operation BY82 for the physical parameter control function FA81 to generate the function signal SG82, and the function signal SG82 is used to control the function object 335 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the corresponding physical parameter The physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 in the range RY1ET.

In some embodiments, after the processing unit 331 causes the output unit 338 to perform the signal generation operation BY82 to generate the function signal SG82 within an operating time TF82, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A To generate a sensing signal SN83. The processing unit 331 responds to the sensing signal SN83 within a specified time TG83 after the operating time TF82 to obtain a measurement value VN83. The processing unit 331 is configured to obtain the memory address AM82 based on the determined specific input code UW81 that is equal to the preset measurement value candidate range code EM12 and the obtained measurement range limit data code type identifier HN81 , And based on the obtained memory address AM82, the storage unit 332 is used to access the candidate range limit value pair DN1B stored in the memory location YM82.

The processing unit 331 compares the measured value VN83 with the obtained candidate range limit value pair within the specified time TG83. DN1B to check a mathematical relationship KV83 between the measured value VN83 and the measured value candidate range RN12 to determine the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 condition, the processing unit 331 based on the variable A code difference between the physical parameter range code UN8A and the determined specific input code UW81 equal to the preset measurement value candidate range code EM12 is used to use the storage unit 332 to specify the determined specific input code UW81 To the variable physical parameter range code UN8A.

For example, the processing unit 331 determines the current physical parameter status of the variable physical parameter QU1A within the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 by checking the mathematical relationship KV83, and thereby identifies the variable physical parameter QU1A and the physical parameter. A physical parameter relationship between the parameter candidate range RD1E2 is a physical parameter intersection relationship of the variable physical parameter QU1A currently in the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2.

Please refer to Figure 15 and Figure 16. FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9024 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9025 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. As shown in FIGS. 15 and 16, each of the implementation structure 9024 and the implementation structure 9025 includes the control device 212 and the control target device 130. The control target device 130 includes the operation unit 397, the sensing unit 334, the function target 335, and the storage unit 332. The operating unit 397 includes the processing unit 331, the input unit 337, the output unit 338, and a timer 339 coupled to the processing unit 331.

In some embodiments, the control signal SC81 received by the input unit 337 conveys the control message CG81, and the control message CG81 includes the target range limit value pair DN1T, the rated range limit value For DD1A, the control code CC1T and the measured value target range code EM1T. Under the condition that the processing unit 331 responds to the control signal SC81 to determine the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET that the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in, the processing unit 331 causes the output unit 338 to execute based on the obtained control code CC1T The signal generation operation BY81 is used to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1ET.

The processing unit 331 obtains the measured value target range code EM1T and the target range limit value pair DN1T from the received control signal SC81. In the specific measurement value range code EM14 is different from the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T and the processing unit 331 determines the variable by comparing the second measurement value VN82 with the obtained target range limit value pair DN1T When the physical parameter QU1A is currently in the physical parameter target range RD1ET, the processing unit 331 is based on the variable physical parameter range code UN8A equal to the specific measurement value range code EM14 and the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T. The first code difference DF81 between the two uses the storage unit 332 to assign the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A.

For example, the processing unit 331 determines a physical parameter status of the variable physical parameter QU1A currently within the physical parameter target range RD1ET by comparing the second measured value VN82 with the obtained target range limit value pair DN1T. A physical parameter relationship between the variable physical parameter QU1A and the physical parameter target range RD1ET is identified as a physical parameter intersection relationship of the variable physical parameter QU1A currently within the physical parameter target range RD1ET.

In some embodiments, the timer 339 is controlled by the processing unit 331 for measuring the variable time length LF8A, and is configured to comply with a timer specification FT11. The variable time length LF8A is further characterized based on a reference time length LJ8T. The control signal SC81 transmits the time length value CL8T representing the reference time length LJ8T. For example, the time length value CL8T is preset in a designated count value format HH91 based on the reference time length LJ8T and the timer specification FT11. The physical parameter control function specification GAL8 includes a time length representation GA8KJ. The length of time indicates that GA8KJ is used to indicate the length of reference time LJ8T. For example, the designated count value format HH91 is characterized based on a designated number of bits UY91.

For example, the time length value CL8T is preset in the designated count value format HH91 based on the time length representation GA8KJ, the timer specification FT11, and a data encoding operation ZX8KJ for converting the time length representation GA8KJ. The processing unit 331 obtains the time length value CL8T from the control signal SC81, and checks the numerical relationship KJ81 between the obtained time length value CL8T and the time length value reference range GJ81 to make a control signal for the specific time The second logic of whether the counting operation of TJ8T BC8T is to be executed determines PE81.

In some embodiments, the time length value reference range GJ81 used to make the second logical decision PE81 has a time length range limit value pair LN8A, and represents the time length reference range HJ81. The time length value reference range GJ81 is preset based on the time length reference range HJ81 and the timer specification FT11 using the designated count value format HH91. For example, the physical parameter control function specification GAL8 includes a long time The degree reference range represents GA8HJ, and the time length reference range represents GA8HJ for representing the time length reference range HJ81. The time length reference range HJ81 and the time length range limit value pair LN8A are based on the time length reference range representing GA8HJ, the timer specification FT11, and a data encoding operation ZX8HJ used to convert the time length reference range representing GA8HJ to use the time length reference range representing GA8HJ. Specify the count value format HH91 and be preset.

The storage unit 332 stores the time length range limit value pair LN8A. The processing unit 331 obtains the time length range limit value pair LN8A from the storage unit 332 in response to the control signal SC81, and compares the obtained time length value CL8T with the obtained time length range limit value pair LN8A checks the numerical relationship KJ81 to make the second logical decision PE81.

For example, under the condition that the processing unit 331 recognizes that the numerical relationship KJ81 is a numerical intersection relationship by checking the numerical relationship KJ81, the processing unit 331 makes the second logical decision PE81 to become affirmative. For example, the time length range limit value is preset for LN8A, and includes a time length range limit value LN81 of the time length value reference range GJ81 and a time length range limit value LN82 relative to the time length range limit value LN81. Under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines that the reference time length LJ8T is included in the time length reference range HJ81 by comparing the obtained time length value CL8T with the obtained time length range limit value pair LN8A, the processing The unit 331 makes this second logical decision PE81 to become affirmative.

In some embodiments, under the condition that the second logic determines that PE81 is affirmative, the processing unit 331 is based on the obtained time length The degree value CL8T causes the timer 339 to perform the counting operation BC8T. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is configured to be within the physical parameter target range RD1ET due to the control signal SC81, the processing unit 331 reaches the specific time TJ8T based on the counting operation BC8T, and at the specific time Within TJ8T, the output unit 338 is caused to perform a signal generation operation BY91, and the signal generation operation BY91 is used to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to leave the physical parameter target range RD1ET to enter the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET.

For example, under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is configured to be within the physical parameter target range RD1ET due to the control signal SC81, the processing unit 331 experiences an application time with an end time TZ8T based on the counting operation BC8T Length LT8T to reach the specific time TJ8T. The processing unit 331 obtains the measurement value candidate range different from the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T by executing a scientific calculation MK81 using the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T within the specific time TJ8T Code EM12. For example, the control device 212 determines the time length value CL8T based on the reference time length LJ8T and the timer specification FT11, and outputs the control signal SC81 based on the determined time length value CL8T. The control message CG81 further includes the time length value CL8T. The control signal SC81 is used to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to have the application time length LT8T matching the reference time length LJ8T within the physical parameter target range RD1ET.

In some embodiments, the processing unit 331 obtains the memory address AX82 based on the obtained measurement value candidate range code EM12 and the obtained control code type identifier HC81. The processing unit 331 The storage unit 332 is used based on the acquired memory address AX82 to read the control code CC12 stored in the memory location YX82, and executed based on the read control code CC12 for controlling the output unit A signal of 338 is generated to control GY91. The output unit 338 responds to the signal generation control GY91 to execute the signal generation operation BY91 for the physical parameter control function FA81 to generate a function signal SG91, and the function signal SG91 is used to control the function object 335 to cause the variable physical The parameter QU1A enters a physical parameter candidate range RD2E2 included in the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET. For example, the function signal SG91 is a control signal. The physical parameter candidate range RD2E2 is one of the physical parameter application range RD1EL and the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2, and is different from the physical parameter target range RD1ET.

For example, under the condition that the second logic decision PE81 is affirmative, the processing unit 331 causes the timer 339 to perform the counting operation BC8T based on the obtained time length value CL8T to reach the end time TZ8T. When the timer 339 reaches the end time TZ8T by executing the counting operation BC8T, the timer 339 transmits an interrupt request signal UH8T to the processing unit 331 to reach the specific time TJ8T. The processing unit 331 responds to the interrupt request signal UH8T within the specific time TJ8T to execute the scientific calculation MK81 using the obtained measured value target range code EM1T to obtain a value different from the obtained measured value target range code EM1T The measured value candidate range code is EM12. For example, the processing unit 331 recognizes the specific time TJ8T by receiving the interrupt request signal UH8T from the timer 339, and thereby experiences the application time length LT8T. The specific time TJ8T is adjacent to the end time TZ8T.

In some embodiments, the variable physical parameter QU1A is characterized based on the rated physical parameter range RD1E. The rated physical parameter range RD1E includes the physical parameter target range RD1ET, the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2, and a physical parameter candidate range RD1E3, and is represented by the rated measurement value range RD1N. For example, the rated measurement value range RD1N includes the measurement value target range RN1T, the measurement value candidate range RN12, and a measurement value candidate range RN13. The physical parameter target range RD1ET, the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2, and the physical parameter candidate range RD1E3 are different, and are represented by the measurement value target range RN1T, the measurement value candidate range RN12, and the measurement value candidate range RN13, respectively.

The physical parameter control function specification GAL8 includes a physical parameter candidate range representation GA83 for representing the physical parameter candidate range RD1E3. The measurement value candidate range RN13 is based on the physical parameter candidate range representing GA83, the sensor measurement range representing GW8R, the sensor sensitivity representing GW81, and a data encoding operation ZX87 for converting the physical parameter candidate range representing GA83 to use The designated measurement value format HH81 is preset, and is represented by a measurement value candidate range code EM13 included in the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12,...

The measurement value target range RN1T, the measurement value candidate range RN12, and the measurement value candidate range RN13 are different. The rated measurement value range RD1N is equal to a range combination of the measurement value target range RN1T and the corresponding measurement value range RX1T, is further equal to a range combination of the measurement value candidate range RN12 and a corresponding measurement value range RX12, and is further equal to the measurement Value candidate range RN13 and a corresponding measurement value range A range of RX13 combinations.

In some embodiments, the rated physical parameter range RD1E of the variable physical parameter QU1A includes the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2,... The plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2,... include the physical parameter target range RD1ET, the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2, and the physical parameter candidate range RD1E3. The variable physical parameter QU1A is in one of a plurality of different reference states based on the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2,.... The plurality of different reference states includes a first reference state, a second reference state, and a third reference state, whereby the variable physical parameter QU1A is characterized by a variable current state. The variable current state is one of the plurality of different reference states.

For example, the first reference state and the second reference state are complementary. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is within the physical parameter target range RD1ET, the variable physical parameter QU1A is in the first reference state. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is within the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2, the variable physical parameter QU1A is in the second reference state. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is within the physical parameter candidate range RD1E3, the variable physical parameter QU1A is in the third reference state.

The control code CC1T transmitted by the control signal SC81 and the control code CC1T stored by the storage unit 332 are preset based on the designated physical parameter QD1T within the physical parameter target range RD1ET. Under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines that the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET, The processing unit 331 causes the output unit 338 to execute the signal generation operation BY81 for the physical parameter control function FA81 based on the obtained control code CC1T to generate the function signal SG81.

The function target 335 responds to the function signal SG81 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to change from a current state to the first reference state, or responds to the function signal SG81 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to change from the first specific physical parameter QU17 is changed to the second specific physical parameter QU18. For example, the current state is one of the second reference state and the third reference state. The first specific physical parameter QU17 is within the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET represented by the corresponding measurement value range RX1T. The second specific physical parameter QU18 is within the target range RD1ET of the physical parameter. For example, the corresponding measurement value range RX1T includes the measurement value candidate range RN12 and the measurement value candidate range RN13. The corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET includes the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 and the physical parameter candidate range RD1E3.

In some embodiments, the plural reference states respectively cause the functional target 335 to be in a plural function state. The plural functional states are different and include a first functional state, a second functional state, and a third functional state. For example, the first functional state and the second functional state are complementary. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is within the physical parameter target range RD1ET, the functional target 335 is in the first functional state. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is within the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2, the functional object 335 is in the second functional state. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is within the physical parameter candidate range RD1E3, the functional target 335 is in the third functional state state.

The measurement value candidate range RN13 is represented by a measurement value candidate range code EM13. The measurement value candidate range code EM13 is preset. The plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12, ... further include the preset measurement value candidate range code EM13. The rated physical parameter range RD1E is equal to a range combination of the physical parameter candidate range RD1E3 and a corresponding physical parameter range RY1E3. The corresponding measurement value range RX13 is preset based on the measurement value candidate range RN13 and the rated measurement value range RD1N.

For example, the measured value target range code EM1T is a measured value reference range number. The measured value target range RN1T is arranged in the rated measured value range RD1N based on the measured value target range code EM1T. The measurement value candidate range code EM12 is a measurement value reference range number. The measurement value candidate range RN12 is arranged in the rated measurement value range RD1N based on the measurement value candidate range code EM12.

In some embodiments, the physical parameter target range RD1ET is one of a relatively high physical parameter range and a relatively low physical parameter range; and the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 is the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range. The other of the parameter range. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is the first variable voltage, the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range are a relatively high voltage range and a relatively low voltage range, respectively. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is the first variable current, the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range are a relatively high current range and a relatively low current range, respectively. In the variable physical parameter QU1A is the bar of the first variable resistor In this case, the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range are a relatively high resistance range and a relatively low resistance range, respectively.

Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is the first variable brightness, the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range are a relatively high brightness range and a relatively low brightness range, respectively. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is the first variable light intensity, the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range are a relatively high light intensity range and a relatively low light intensity range, respectively. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is the first variable volume, the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range are a relatively high volume range and a relatively low volume range, respectively. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is the first variable angular velocity, the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range are a relatively high angular velocity range and a relatively low angular velocity range, respectively.

For example, the physical parameter target range RD1ET is one of a relatively high physical parameter range and a relatively low physical parameter range; and the specific physical parameter range RD1E4 is one of the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range another. For example, the physical parameter target range RD1ET is one of a relatively high physical parameter range and a relatively low physical parameter range; and the physical parameter candidate range RD1E3 is one of the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range another.

In some embodiments, under the condition that the control target device 130 is a relay, the function target 335 is a control switch. Under the condition that the functional target 335 is the control switch, the control switch has a variable switch state and is in a state based on the variable physical parameter QU1A. One of an on state and an off state. For example, the variable switch state is equal to one of the on state and the off state, and the on state and the off state are complementary. The on state is one of the first functional state and the second functional state, and the off state is the other of the first functional state and the second functional state.

Under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines that the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET, the processing unit 331 recognizes that the variable current state is a specific state different from the first reference state, and borrows This generates the function signal SG81. The function target 335 responds to the function signal SG81 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1ET, so the variable current state is changed to the first reference state. Under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the second code difference DX81, the processing unit 331 causes the output unit 338 to generate the function signal SG82. The function target 335 responds to the function signal SG82 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 included in the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET from the physical parameter target range RD1ET, so the current state of the variable is changed Into the second reference state.

For example, the variable physical parameter QU1A is the first variable current. The physical parameter target range RD1ET and the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 are a first current reference range and a second current reference range, respectively. The control code CC1T is preset based on a first designated current within the first current reference range. The control code CC12 is preset based on a second designated current within the second current reference range.

The time length value CL8T is based on the time length representation GA8KJ, the timer specification FT11 and the data encoding operation ZX8KJ are preset in the designated count value format HH91. Under the condition that the second logic decision PE81 is affirmative, the processing unit 331 causes the timer 339 to perform the counting operation BC8T based on the obtained time length value CL8T. Under the condition that the first variable current is configured to be within the first current reference range due to the control signal SC81, the processing unit 331 experiences the application time length LT8T based on the counting operation BC8T to reach the specific time TJ8T, whereby the first variable current is maintained within the first current reference range within the application time length LT8T related to the counting operation BC8T.

For example, under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is a variable rotational speed, the physical parameter target range RD1ET and the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 are a first rotational speed reference range and a second rotational speed reference range, respectively. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is a variable temperature, the physical parameter target range RD1ET and the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 are respectively a first temperature reference range and a second temperature reference range.

Please refer to Figure 17. FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9026 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. As shown in FIG. 17, the implementation structure 9026 includes the control device 212, the control target device 130, and a server 280. The control device 212 is linked to the server 280. The control target device 130 includes the operation unit 397, the sensing unit 334, the function target 335, and the storage unit 332. The operating unit 397 includes the processing unit 331, the input unit 337, the output unit 338, and a timer 340 coupled to the processing unit 331. The timer 340 is affected by The processing unit 331 controls.

In some embodiments, the input component 3374 included in the input unit 337 is coupled to the processing unit 331, and receives from the control device 212 under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is provided by the control device 212. Receive the physical parameter signal SB81. The function target 335 receives the physical parameter signal SB81 from the input component 3374. The processing unit 331 causes the functional target 335 to use the physical parameter signal SB81 to form the variable physical parameter QU1A depending on the physical parameter signal SB81.

The control device 212 includes the operating unit 297, a storage unit 250 coupled to the operating unit 297, and a sensing unit 560 coupled to the operating unit 297. The operating unit 297 performs one of a reading operation BR81 and a sensing operation BZ81 to output the physical parameter signal SB81. The reading operation BR81 reads a physical parameter data record DU81 stored in one of the storage unit 250 and the server 280. The sensing unit 560 senses a variable physical parameter QL1A by performing the sensing operation BZ81 to cause the operating unit 297 to output the physical parameter signal SB81. For example, the sensing unit 560 is controlled by the operating unit 297 to sense the variable physical parameter QL1A.

For example, the variable physical parameter QU1A belongs to the physical parameter type TU11. The variable physical parameter QL1A belongs to a physical parameter type TL11. The physical parameter type TU11 is the same or different from the physical parameter type TL11. The control device 212 is in an application environment EX81. One of the control device 212 and the application environment EX81 has the variable physical parameter QL1A. The physical parameter data record DU81 is based on a variable in advance The management parameter QY1A is provided. The variable physical parameter QY1A belongs to the physical parameter type TL11. For example, the physical parameter type TU11 is different from a time type.

In some embodiments, the functional object 335 includes a driving circuit 3355 and a physical parameter forming part 3351 coupled to the driving circuit 3355. The physical parameter forming part 3351 is used to form the variable physical parameter QU1A, and includes the physical parameter forming area AU11. The driving circuit 3355 is coupled to the input component 3374 and the output component 3381, and is controlled by the processing unit 331 through the output component 3381. The driving circuit 3355 receives the physical parameter signal SB81 from the input component 3374, receives the function signal SG81 from the output component 3381, and responds to the function signal SG81 to process the physical parameter signal SB81 to output a driving signal SL81.

The physical parameter forming part 3351 receives the driving signal SL81, and responds to the driving signal SL81 to make the variable physical parameter QU1A within the physical parameter target range RD1ET. For example, under the condition that the reasonable decision PW81 is affirmative, the processing unit 331 causes the output unit 240 to perform the signal generation operation BY81 for the physical parameter control function FA81 to provide the function signal SG81 to the driving circuit 3355. The driving circuit 3355 responds to the function signal SG81 to drive the physical parameter forming part 3351 so that the variable physical parameter QU1A enters the physical parameter target range RD1ET.

In some embodiments, the rated measurement value range RD1N is configured to have a plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RN11, RN12,.... For example, the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RN11, RN12, ... have a total number of reference ranges NT81, and include the measurement value target range RN1T. For example, the total number of reference ranges NT81 is preset. The storage unit 332 stores the rated range limit value pair DD1A. The processing unit 331 responds to the control signal SC81 to obtain the total reference range number NT81 from one of the control signal SC81 and the storage unit 332, obtains the measured value target range code EM1T from the control signal SC81, and responds to the control The signal SC81 is used to obtain the rated range limit value pair DD1A from the storage unit 332.

The processing unit 331 performs the scientific calculation MZ81 to obtain the target range limit value pair based on the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T, the obtained total reference range number NT81, and the obtained rated range limit value pair DD1A. DN1T, and perform the first check operation BV81 by comparing the first measurement value VN81 with the obtained target range limit value pair DN1T. For example, the scientific calculation MZ81 is pre-constructed based on the preset total reference range number NT81 and the preset rated range limit pair DD1A.

In some embodiments, the processing unit 331 responds to the signal generation control GY81 executed within the operation time TF81 to cause the timer 340 to perform a counting operation BE81. The processing unit 331 arrives at the designated time TG82 based on the counting operation BE81, and responds to the second sensing signal SN82 at the designated time TG82 to obtain the second measured value VN82.

The variable physical parameter QL1A is a second variable electrical parameter, a second variable mechanical parameter, a second variable optical parameter, a second variable temperature, a second variable voltage, a second variable Variable current, a second variable electric power, a second variable resistor, a second variable capacitor, a second variable inductance, a second variable frequency, a second clock time, a second Variable time length, a second variable brightness, a second variable light intensity, a second variable volume, a second variable data flow, a second variable amplitude, a second variable spatial position, a Second variable displacement, a second variable sequence position, a second variable angle, a second variable space length, a second variable distance, a second variable translation speed, a second variable angular velocity , One of a second variable acceleration, a second variable force, a second variable pressure, and a second variable mechanical power.

The variable physical parameter QY1A is a third variable electrical parameter, a third variable mechanical parameter, a third variable optical parameter, a third variable temperature, a third variable voltage, and a third variable electrical parameter. Variable current, a third variable electric power, a third variable resistor, a third variable capacitor, a third variable inductance, a third variable frequency, a third clock time, a third Variable time length, a third variable brightness, a third variable light intensity, a third variable volume, a third variable data flow, a third variable amplitude, a third variable spatial position, a Third variable displacement, a third variable sequence position, a third variable angle, a third variable space length, a third variable distance, a third variable translation speed, a third variable angular velocity , One of a third variable acceleration, a third variable force, a third variable pressure, and a third variable mechanical power.

Please refer to Figure 18. FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9027 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. As shown in FIG. 18, the implementation structure 9027 includes the control device 212, the control target device 130, and the server 280. The control device 212, the control target device 130, and the server 280 are all coupled to a network 410. The control device 212 is linked to the server 280 through the network 410. The control target device The setting 130 includes the operating unit 397, the sensing unit 334, the function target 335, and the storage unit 332. The operation unit 397 includes the processing unit 331, the input unit 337 and the output unit 338. The control device 212 transmits the control signal SC81 to the control target device 130 through the network 410. The control target device 130 transmits the control response signal SE81 to the control device 212 through the network 410.

In some embodiments, the preset measurement value target range code EM1T is a measurement value reference range number. The stored variable physical parameter range code UN8A is a variable physical parameter range number. The control signal SC81 conveys a relative reference range code ZB81. For example, the relative reference range code ZB81 is a relative reference range number. The processing unit 331 obtains the relative reference range code ZB81 from the control signal SC81, and accesses the reference range code EB81 by using the storage unit 332 under the condition that the input unit 337 receives the control signal SC81 The variable physical parameter range code is UN8A. The processing unit 331 performs a scientific calculation MU81 based on the obtained relative reference range code ZB81 and the accessed measurement value reference range code EB81 to obtain the preset measurement value target range code EM1T. For example, the scientific calculation MU81 uses the obtained relative reference range code ZB81 and the accessed measurement value reference range code EB81. For example, the accessed measurement value reference range code EB81 is equal to the specific measurement value range code EM14.

For example, the processing unit 331 obtains the preset measurement value target range code EM1T by adding the obtained relative reference range code ZB81 and the accessed measurement value reference range code EB81. The control signal SC81 acts as an indication by sending the relative reference range code ZB81 The role of the target range RN1T of the measured value. The processing unit 331 executes the acquisition of AD8A using the obtained data of the measured value target range code EM1T to obtain the target range limit value pair DN1T. Under the condition that the specific measurement value range code EM14 is different from the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T and the processing unit 331 determines that the variable physical parameter QU1A enters the physical parameter target range RD1ET, the processing unit 331 is based on The first code difference DF81 between the variable physical parameter range code UN8A of the specific measurement value range code EM14 and the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T uses the storage unit 332 to store the obtained measurement value The target range code EM1T is assigned to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A.

In some embodiments, the relative reference range code ZB81 is equal to one of a relative value VK81 and a relative value VK82. The relative value VK82 is different from the relative value VK81. For example, the relative value VK81 is proportional to 1, or equal to 1. The relative value VK82 is proportional to (-1), or equal to (-1). In a first specific case, the relative reference range code ZB81 is equal to the relative value VK81. For example, the relative value VK81 is configured to be equal to a positive integer. In a second specific case, the relative reference range code ZB81 is equal to the relative value VK82. For example, the relative value VK82 is configured to be equal to a negative integer.

The physical parameter target range RD1ET has a first specific physical parameter range limit and a second specific physical parameter range limit relative to the first specific physical parameter range limit. In the first specific case, the processing unit 331 responds to the control signal SC81 to obtain the relative reference range code ZB81 equal to the relative value VK81 from the control signal SC81, and causes it based on the obtained relative reference range code ZB81 The variable physical parameter QU1A has a first physical quantity change to change the variable physical parameter This variable current state of the number QU1A.

For example, in the first specific case, the processing unit 331 causes the variable physical parameter QU1A to pass from the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET through the first specific physical parameter range boundary based on the obtained relative reference range code ZB81 to enter The physical parameter target range is RD1ET. The first specific physical parameter range limit is one of the preset physical parameter target range limit ZD1T1 and the preset physical parameter target range limit ZD1T2. For example, in the first specific case, the first physical quantity change is one of a first physical increment and a first physical decrement.

In the second specific case, the processing unit 331 responds to the control signal SC81 to obtain the relative reference range code ZB81 equal to the relative value VK82 from the control signal SC81, and causes it based on the obtained relative reference range code ZB81 The variable physical parameter QU1A has a second physical quantity change opposite to the first physical quantity change to change the variable current state of the variable physical parameter QU1A. For example, in the second specific case, the processing unit 331 causes the variable physical parameter QU1A to pass from the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET through the second specific physical parameter range boundary based on the obtained relative reference range code ZB81 to enter The physical parameter target range is RD1ET.

The second specific physical parameter range limit is the other of the preset physical parameter target range limit ZD1T1 and the preset physical parameter target range limit ZD1T2. For example, in the second specific case, the second physical quantity change is one of a second physical increment and a second physical decrement. For example, the relative reference range code ZB81 in the second specific case is different from the relative reference range code in the first specific case ZB81.

Please refer to Figure 19, Figure 20, Figure 21 and Figure 22. FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9028 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9029 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9030 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. FIG. 22 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9031 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. As shown in Figures 19, 20, 21, and 22, each of the implementation structure 9028, the implementation structure 9029, the implementation structure 9030, and the implementation structure 9031 includes the control device 212 and the control Target device 130. The control target device 130 includes the operation unit 397, the sensing unit 334, the function target 335, and the storage unit 332. The operating unit 397 includes the processing unit 331, the input unit 337, the output unit 338, and a timer 342 coupled to the processing unit 331.

In some embodiments, the timer 342 is controlled by the processing unit 331 and used to measure a clock time TH1A. The timer 342 is configured to comply with a timer specification FT21. The variable physical parameter QU1A is related to the clock time TH1A. The clock time TH1A is characterized based on a plurality of different time reference intervals HR1E1, HR1E2,.... The plural different time reference intervals HR1E1, HR1E2,... are respectively represented by plural time value reference ranges RQ11, RQ12,..., and are arranged based on a preset time reference interval sequence QB81. The plural time value reference ranges RQ11, RQ12,... are arranged based on the preset time reference interval sequence QB81.

The complex time value reference ranges RQ11, RQ12,... are all based on the timer specification FT21 to use a designated count value format HH95 and are Preset, and are represented by the complex reference range codes EL11, EL12, ... of the time value respectively. The storage unit 332 further has a plurality of different memory locations YS81, YS82,..., and stores a plurality of physical parameter designated range codes UQ11, UQ12,... in the plurality of different memory locations YS81, YS82,..., respectively. The plural different time reference intervals HR1E1, HR1E2,... are respectively represented by plural time reference interval codes. For example, the plural time reference interval codes are configured to be respectively equal to the plural time value reference range codes EL11, EL12,.... Therefore, the plural time value reference range codes EL11, EL12,... are configured to respectively indicate the plural different time reference intervals HR1E1, HR1E2,.... For example, the designated count value format HH95 is characterized based on a designated number of bits UY95.

The complex time value reference range codes EL11, EL12,... include a time value target range code EL1T and a time value candidate range code EL12. The plural different time reference intervals HR1E1, HR1E2,... include a time target interval HR1ET and a time candidate interval HR1E2. The time value target range code EL1T and the time value candidate range code EL12 are configured to respectively indicate the time target interval HR1ET and the time candidate interval HR1E2. The complex time value reference ranges RQ11, RQ12,... include a time value target range RQ1T and a time value candidate range RQ12. The time target interval HR1ET and the time candidate interval HR1E2 are respectively represented by the time value target range RQ1T and the time value candidate range RQ12.

In some embodiments, the plurality of different memory locations YS81, YS82, ... are respectively identified based on the plurality of time value reference range codes EL11, EL12, .... For example, the plural different memory locations YS81, YS82, ... are respectively recognized based on the plural memory addresses AS81, AS82, ... Different, or respectively identified by the plural memory addresses AS81, AS82,... The plural memory addresses AS81, AS82,... are preset based on the plural time value reference range codes EL11, EL12,..., respectively. For example, the clock time TH1A is further characterized based on a rated time interval HR1E. The rated time interval HR1E includes the plurality of different time reference intervals HR1E1, HR1E2,..., and is represented by a rated time value range HR1N. The rated time value range HR1N includes the plural time value reference ranges RQ11, RQ12,..., and is preset based on the rated time interval HR1E and the timer specification FT21 using the designated count value format HH95.

For example, the physical parameter control function specification GAL8 includes a rated time interval representing GA8HE and a time reference interval representing GA8HR. The rated time interval indicates that GA8HE is used to indicate the rated time interval HR1E. The time reference interval indicates that GA8HR is used to indicate the plural different time reference intervals HR1E1, HR1E2,.... The rated time value range HR1N is preset based on the rated time interval representing GA8HE, the timer specification FT21, and a data encoding operation ZX8HE for converting the rated time interval representing GA8HE to use the designated count value format HH95. The complex time value reference ranges RQ11, RQ12, ... are based on the time reference interval representing GA8HR, the timer specification FT21, and a data encoding operation ZX8HR for converting the time reference interval representing GA8HR to use the designated count value format HH95. Preset.

The complex physical parameter designated range codes UQ11, UQ12, ... are configured to be stored based on the complex time value reference range codes EL11, EL12, ... respectively, and include a physical parameter target range code UQ1T and a physical parameter candidate range code UQ12 . The complex physical parameter refers to The fixed range codes UQ11, UQ12, ... are all selected from the multiple different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12, .... The physical parameter target range code UQ1T represents a physical parameter target range RK1ET that the variable physical parameter QU1A is expected to be within the time target interval HR1ET, and is configured to be stored in a memory based on the time value target range code EL1T Body position YS8T. The memory location YS8T is identified based on a memory address AS8T. The complex time value reference range codes EL11, EL12,... are all preset based on the physical parameter control function specification GAL8.

The physical parameter candidate range code UQ12 represents a physical parameter candidate range RK1E2 that the variable physical parameter QU1A is expected to be in the time candidate interval HR1E2, and is configured to be stored in a memory based on the time value candidate range code EL12 Body position YS82. The memory location YS82 is identified based on a memory address AS82. The physical parameter target range RK1ET and the physical parameter candidate range RK1E2 are both selected from the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2,.... For example, the time candidate interval HR1E2 is adjacent to the time target interval HR1ET.

For example, under the condition that the physical parameter target range code UQ1T is equal to the preset measured value target range code EM1T, the physical parameter target range RK1ET is the same as the physical parameter target range RD1ET. Under the condition that the physical parameter target range code UQ12 is equal to the preset measurement value candidate range code EM12, the physical parameter candidate range RK1E2 is the same as the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2. For example, there is a preset time interval between the time target interval HR1ET and the time candidate interval HR1E2.

In some embodiments, when the input unit 337 receives the When the signal SC81 is controlled, the physical parameter target range code UQ1T is equal to the preset measurement value target range code EM1T. The control signal SC81 transmits the preset target range code EL1T of the time value. The processing unit 331 obtains the transmitted time value target range code EL1T from the control signal SC81, obtains the memory address AS8T based on the obtained time value target range code EL1T, and based on the obtained memory address AS8T To access the physical parameter target range code UQ1T stored in the memory location YS8T to obtain the preset measurement value target range code EM1T.

For example, under the condition that the physical parameter target range code UQ1T is equal to the preset measurement value target range code EM1T, the control signal SC81 transmits the preset time value target range code EL1T to indicate the measurement The role of the value target range RN1T. The processing unit 331 executes the acquisition of AD8A using the obtained data of the measured value target range code EM1T to obtain the target range limit value pair DN1T. The processing unit 331 performs the first check operation BV81 based on the first data comparison CD81 between the first measured value VN81 and the obtained target range limit value pair DN1T, and performs the first check operation BV81 based on the first check operation BV81 The first logical decision PB81 is determined whether the first measurement value VN81 is within the corresponding measurement value range RX1T.

Under the condition that the first logical decision PB81 is affirmative, the processing unit 331 determines the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET where the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located, and executes the signal generation control GY81 for generating the function signal SG81. The function signal SG81 is used to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RK1ET which is the same as the physical parameter target range RD1ET. The processing unit 331 The verification operation ZU81 related to the variable physical parameter QU1A is performed within the designated time TG82 after the operation time TE81. Under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the target range RD1ET of the physical parameter that the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in based on the verification operation ZU81 within the specified time TG82, the processing unit 331 executes a range code equal to the specific measurement value The data comparison between the variable physical parameter range code UN8A of EM14 and the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T is CE8T.

The processing unit 331 compares CE8T based on the data to determine the first code difference DF81 between the variable physical parameter range code UN8A equal to the specific measurement value range code EM14 and the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T. Under conditions, the processing unit 331 uses the storage unit 332 to assign the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A.

In some embodiments, the timer 342 is configured to represent the time target interval HR1ET by using the time value target range RQ1T, and is configured to represent the time candidate interval HR1E2 by using the time value candidate range RQ12 . The control signal SC81 further conveys a clock reference time value NR81 representing a clock reference time TR81. For example, the clock reference time TR81 is close to a current time. For example, a time difference between the clock reference time TR81 and the current time is within a preset time length. The clock reference time value NR81 is preset in the designated count value format HH95 based on the clock reference time TR81 and the timer specification FT21.

The control message CG81 includes the time value target range code EL1T and the clock reference time value NR81. For example, the physical parameter control The functional specification GAL8 includes a clock time representing GA8TR. The clock time representing GA8TR is used to represent the clock reference time TR81. The clock reference time value NR81 is preset in the designated count value format HH95 based on the clock time representation GA8TR, the timer specification FT21, and a data encoding operation ZX8TR for converting the clock time representation GA8TR.

The processing unit 331 responds to the control signal SC81 to obtain the clock reference time value NR81 from the control signal SC81. For example, the operating unit 297 included in the control device 212 is configured to obtain the preset time value target range code EL1T and the preset clock reference time value NR81, and based on the obtained clock reference time The value NR81 and the obtained target range code EL1T of the time value are used to output the control signal SC81 for conveying the control message CG81.

In some embodiments, the processing unit 331 causes the timer 342 to start within a starting time TT82 based on the obtained clock reference time value NR81, and thereby causes the timer 342 to be within the starting time TT82 Generate a clock time signal SY80. The clock time signal SY80 is an initial time signal, and transmits an initial count value NY80 in the designated count value format HH95. For example, the initial count value NY80 is equal to the clock reference time value NR81.

For example, the timer 342 is configured to have a variable count value NY8A. Under the condition that the input unit 337 receives the control signal SC81 for delivering the clock reference time value NR81 from the control device 212, the processing unit 331 starts the timer 342 for execution based on the obtained clock reference time value NR81 A count operation BD81 in the physical parameter control function FA81 changes the variable count value NY8A. The variable count value NY8A is configured to be equal to the initial count value NY80 within the startup time TT82, and is provided in the designated count value format HH95. For example, the initial count value NY80 is configured to be the same as the obtained clock reference time value NR81.

Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is configured within the physical parameter target range RD1ET due to the control signal SC81, the processing unit 331 reaches a specified time TY81 based on the counting operation BD81. Within the designated time TY81, the timer 342 senses the clock time TH1A to cause the variable count value NY8A to be equal to a specific count value NY81, and thereby generates a clock time signal SY81 that transmits the specific count value NY81.

The processing unit 331 obtains the specific count value NY81 from the clock time signal SY81 in the specified count value format HH95 within the specified time TY81, and uses the time value target obtained by execution within the specified time TY81 A scientific calculation of the range code EL1T is MK85 to obtain the time value candidate range code EL12 in order to check a mathematical relationship KQ81 between the obtained specific count value NY81 and the time value candidate range RQ12.

In some embodiments, the time value target range RQ1T has a target range limit value pair DQ1T. The target range limit value pair DQ1T includes a target range limit value DQ17 of the time value target range RQ1T and a target range limit value DQ18 relative to the target range limit value DQ17. The time value target range RQ1T and the target range limit value pair DQ1T are preset based on the time target interval HR1ET and the timer specification FT21 using the designated count value format HH95. Candidate range of the time value RQ12 has a candidate range limit value pair DQ1B. The candidate range limit value pair DQ1B includes a candidate range limit value DQ13 of the time value candidate range RQ12 and a candidate range limit value DQ14 relative to the candidate range limit value DQ13. The time value candidate range RQ12 and the candidate range limit value pair DQ1B are preset based on the time candidate interval HR1E2 and the timer specification FT21 using the designated count value format HH95.

For example, the physical parameter control function specification GAL8 includes a time candidate interval representing GA8HT and a time candidate interval representing GA8H2. The time candidate interval indicates that GA8HT is used to indicate the time target interval HR1ET. The candidate time interval indicates that GA8H2 is used to indicate the candidate time interval HR1E2. The time value target range RQ1T and the target range limit value pair DQ1T are based on the time candidate interval representing GA8HT, the timer specification FT21, and a data encoding operation ZX8HT for converting the time candidate interval representing GA8HT to use the designated count value The format HH95 is preset. The time value candidate range RQ12 and the candidate range limit value pair DQ1B are preset based on the time candidate interval representation GA8H2, the timer specification FT21, and a data encoding operation ZX8H2 for converting the time candidate interval representation GA8H2.

For example, within the designated time TY81, the physical parameter candidate range code UQ12 is equal to the preset measurement value candidate range code EM12. The storage unit 332 stores the target range limit value pair DQ1T and the candidate range limit value pair DQ1B. The target range limit value pair DQ1T and the candidate range limit value pair DQ1B are stored in the storage unit 332 based on the time value target range code EL1T and the time value candidate range code EL12, respectively.

The processing unit 331 is configured to obtain the candidate range limit value pair DQ1B from the storage unit 332 based on the obtained time value candidate range code EL12 within the specified time TY81, and to compare the obtained specific counter value. The numerical value NY81 and the obtained candidate range limit value pair DQ1B are used to perform a check operation ZQ81 for checking the mathematical relationship KQ81 between the specific count value NY81 and the time value candidate range RQ12. Under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the time candidate interval HR1E2 that the clock time TH1A is currently in based on the checking operation ZQ81 within the specified time TY81, the processing unit 331 is based on the obtained time value candidate range code EL12 To obtain the memory address AS82, and access the physical parameter candidate range code UQ12 stored in the memory location YS82 based on the obtained memory address AS82 within the specified time TY81 to obtain the physical parameter candidate Range code UQ12.

For example, the processing unit 331 determines a time situation of the clock time TH1A currently within the time candidate interval HR1E2 based on the check operation ZQ81, and thereby identifies a time between the clock time TH1A and the time candidate interval HR1E2 The relationship is a time intersection relationship of the clock time TH1A currently within the time candidate interval HR1E2. Under the condition that the processing unit 331 obtains the physical parameter candidate range code UQ12 from the memory position YS82, the processing unit 331 executes a check operation ZP85 for the physical parameter control function FA81 within the specified time TY81 to determine Whether the obtained physical parameter candidate range code UQ12 is equal to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A.

In some embodiments, the processing unit 331 obtains the condition of the physical parameter candidate range code UQ12 from the memory location YS82 Next, the processing unit 331 reads the variable physical parameter range code UN8A equal to the measured value target range code EM1T by using the storage unit 332, and executes the physical parameter candidate range codes UQ12 and UQ12 and The read operation ZP85 of an arithmetic relationship KP85 between the measured value target range codes EM1T. The checking operation ZP85 is configured to compare the obtained physical parameter candidate range code UQ12 with the read target range code EM1T by executing a data comparison CE85 for the physical parameter control function FA81 to determine the measured value target range code EM1T. Whether the obtained candidate range code UQ12 of the physical parameter is different from the read target range code EM1T of the measured value.

The processing unit 331 performs the data comparison CE85 to determine a code between the obtained physical parameter candidate range code UQ12 and the variable physical parameter range code UN8A equal to the obtained measured value target range code EM1T Under the condition of the difference DX85, the processing unit 331 causes the output component 3381 to perform a signal generation operation BY85 for the physical parameter control function FA81 within the specified time TY81 to generate a function signal SG85. For example, the function signal SG85 is a control signal. The output component 3381 transmits the function signal SG85 to the function target 335. The function target 335 responds to the function signal SG85 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET from the physical parameter target range RD1ET. For example, under the condition that the processing unit 331 obtains the physical parameter candidate range code UQ12 equal to the preset measurement value candidate range code EM12 from the memory position YS12, the function target 335 responds to the function signal SG85 to cause the The variable physical parameter QU1A enters the physical parameter candidate that is the same as the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 Range RK1E2.

In some embodiments, the control device 212 includes the operating unit 297 and the state change detector 475 coupled to the operating unit 297. The plural physical parameter designated range codes UQ11, UQ12, ... belong to a physical parameter designated range code type TS81. The physical parameter designated range code type TS81 is identified by a physical parameter designated range code type identifier HS81. The physical parameter specifies the range code type identifier HS81 to be preset. The memory address AS8T is preset based on the preset physical parameter designated range code type identifier HS81 and the preset time value target range code EL1T. The memory address AS82 is preset based on the preset physical parameter designation range code type identifier HS81 and the preset time value candidate range code EL12.

Before the input unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the operation unit 297 is configured to obtain the preset physical parameter target range code UQ1T, the preset physical parameter designated range code type identifier HS81, and the preset physical parameter specified range code type identifier HS81. The time value target range code EL1T is obtained in advance based on the obtained physical parameter designated range code type identifier HS81 and the obtained time value target range code EL1T to obtain the memory address AS8T. The operating unit 297 provides a write request message WS8T to the input unit 337 based on the acquired physical parameter target range code UQ1T and the acquired memory address AS8T. The write request message WS8T includes the acquired physical parameter target range code UQ1T and the acquired memory address AS8T.

For example, before the input unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the input unit 337 receives the writing from the operating unit 297 Request message WS8T. The processing unit 331 obtains the included physical parameter target range code UQ1T and the included memory address AS8T from the received write request message WS8T, and based on the obtained physical parameter target range code UQ1T and the obtained The memory address AS8T is used to use the storage unit 332 to store the obtained physical parameter target range code UQ1T in the memory location YS8T.

Before the input unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the operation unit 297 is configured to obtain the physical parameter candidate range code UQ12 and the preset time value candidate range code EL12, and specify in advance based on the obtained physical parameter The range code type identifier HS81 and the obtained time value candidate range code EL12 are used to obtain the memory address AS82. The processing unit 331 provides a write request message WS82 to the input unit 337 based on the obtained physical parameter candidate range code UQ12 and the obtained memory address AS82. The write request message WS82 includes the obtained physical parameter candidate range code UQ12 and the obtained memory address AS82.

For example, before the input unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the input unit 337 receives the write request message WS82 from the operation unit 297. The processing unit 331 obtains the included physical parameter candidate range code UQ12 and the included memory address AS82 from the received write request message WS82, and based on the obtained physical parameter candidate range code UQ12 and the obtained The memory address AS82 is used to use the storage unit 332 to store the obtained physical parameter candidate range code UQ12 in the memory location YS82.

Please refer to Figure 23, Figure 24 and Figure 25. 23rd The figure is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9032 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. FIG. 24 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9032 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. FIG. 25 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9034 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. As shown in FIGS. 23, 24, and 25, each of the implementation structure 9032, the implementation structure 9033, and the implementation structure 9034 includes the control device 212 and the control target device 130. The control device 212 includes the operating unit 297 and the state change detector 475. The control target device 130 includes the operation unit 397, the storage unit 332, the sensing unit 334, the function target 335, and a function target 735. The operation unit 397 includes the processing unit 331, the input unit 337 and the output unit 338.

In some embodiments, the control target device 130 further includes a function target 735 coupled to the operating unit 397 and a multiplexer 363 coupled to the operating unit 397. The function object 735 is coupled to the output unit 338 and includes a physical parameter formation area AU21. The physical parameter formation area AU21 has a variable physical parameter QU2A. The multiplexer 363 has an input terminal 3631, an input terminal 3632, a control terminal 363C, and an output terminal 363P. The control terminal 363C is coupled to the processing unit 331. For example, the functional object 735 is a physically achievable functional object and has a functional structure similar to the functional object 335.

The input terminal 3631 is coupled to the physical parameter formation area AU11. The input terminal 3632 is coupled to the physical parameter formation area AU21. The output terminal 363P is coupled to the sensing unit 334. For example, the variable physical parameter QU1A and the variable physical parameter QU2A are a fourth variable electrical parameter and a fifth variable electrical parameter, respectively. For example, the fourth variable electrical parameter And the fifth variable electrical parameter are a fourth variable voltage and a fifth variable voltage, respectively. There is a first functional relationship between the input terminal 3631 and the output terminal 363P. The first functional relationship is equal to one of a first on relationship and a first off relationship.

There is a second functional relationship between the input terminal 3632 and the output terminal 363P. The second functional relationship is equal to one of a second on-state relationship and a second off-state relationship. Under the condition that the first functional relationship is equal to the first conduction relationship, the sensing unit 334 is used to sense the variable physical parameter QU1A through the output terminal 363P and the input terminal 3631, and through the output terminal 363P and The input terminal 3631 is coupled to the physical parameter formation area AU11. Under the condition that the second functional relationship is equal to the second conduction relationship, the sensing unit 334 is used to sense the variable physical parameter QU2A through the output terminal 363P and the input terminal 3632, and through the output terminal 363P and The input terminal 3632 is coupled to the physical parameter formation area AU21. For example, the multiplexer 263 is controlled by the processing unit 331 and is an analog multiplexer.

For example, the storage unit 332, the sensing unit 334, the multiplexer 263, the function target 335, and the function target 735 are all coupled to the operation unit 397 and are all controlled by the processing unit 331. The control device 212 and the control target device 130 are separate or in contact. The operating unit 397 and the functional target 335 are separated or in contact. The operation unit 397 and the function target 735 are separated or in contact. The operating unit 397 and the sensing unit 334 are separated or in contact. The control device 212 is used to control the variable physical parameter QU2A.

In some embodiments, the functional target 335 is identified by a functional target identifier HA2T. The functional target 735 consists of a functional target Identified by HA22. The functional object 335 and the functional object 735 are respectively located in different spatial positions, and both are coupled to the processing unit 331 through the output unit 338. The function target identifier HA2T and the function target identifier HA22 are preset based on the physical parameter control function specification GAL8. The control signal SC81 further conveys at least one of the functional object identifier HA2T and the functional object identifier HA22.

The input unit 337 receives the control signal SC81 from the operation unit 297. Under the condition that the control signal SC81 transmits the functional object identifier HA2T, the processing unit 331 responds to the control signal SC81 to select the functional object 335 for control. Under the condition that the control signal SC81 transmits the functional object identifier HA22, the processing unit 331 responds to the control signal SC81 to select the functional object 735 for control. For example, the functional target identifier HA2T is a first functional target number. The functional target identifier HA22 is a second functional target number.

For example, the functional object 335 and the functional object 735 are separated, or separated by a material layer 70U disposed between the functional object 335 and the functional object 735. The functional object 335, the material layer 70U, and the functional object 735 are all coupled to a supporting medium 70M. The control target device 130 includes the material layer 70U, or the material layer 70U is disposed outside the control target device 130. The control target device 130 includes the support medium 70M, or the support medium 70M is set outside the control target device 130. For example, the supporting medium 70M is coupled to the operating unit 397.

In some embodiments, under the condition that the control signal SC81 transmits the function target identifier HA2T, the processing unit 331 responds to the control signal SC81 to obtain the function target identifier from the control signal SC81 The identification HA2T, and based on the obtained functional target identifier HA2T, causes the sensing unit 334 to sense the variable physical parameter QU1A, and thereby receives the first sensing signal SN81 from the sensing unit 334. The processing unit 331 obtains the first measurement value VN81 in the designated measurement value format HH81 based on the received first sensing signal SN81, and transmits the function to the function target 335 based on the obtained function target identifier HA2T At least one of the signal SG81, the function signal SG82, and the function signal SG91.

For example, the processing unit 331 provides a control signal SD81 to the control terminal 363C based on the obtained functional target identifier HA2T. For example, the control signal SD81 is a selection control signal and functions as an instruction to the input terminal 3631. The multiplexer 363 responds to the control signal SD81 to cause the first functional relationship between the input terminal 3631 and the output terminal 363P to be equal to the first conduction relationship. Under the condition that the first functional relationship is equal to the first conduction relationship, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate the first sensing signal SN81, so the processing unit 331 obtains from the sensing unit 334 Receive the first sensing signal SN81.

The storage unit 332 has the storage space SU11. The storage unit 332 further stores the rated range limit value pair DD1A, the variable physical parameter range code UN8A, the target range limit value pair DN1T, the storage space SU11 based on the preset function target identifier HA2T. The control code CC1T, the candidate range limit value pair DN1B, the control code CC12, and the time length range limit value pair LN8A. The processing unit 331 further uses the storage unit 332 based on the obtained functional target identifier HA2T to access the rated range limit value pair DD1A, the variable object Any one of the management parameter range code UN8A, the target range limit value pair DN1T, the control code CC1T, the candidate range limit value pair DN1B, the control code CC12, and the time length range limit value pair LN8A.

In some embodiments, the first memory address AM8T is based on the preset function target identifier HA2T, the preset measurement value target range code EM1T, and the preset measurement range limit data code type identifier HN81 is preset. In response to the control signal SC81, the processing unit 331 uses the obtained functional target identifier HA2T, the obtained measured value target range code EM1T, and the obtained measurement range limit data code type identifier HN81 to obtain the first The memory address is AM8T, and the storage unit 332 is used based on the obtained first memory address AM8T to access the target range limit value pair DN1T stored in the first memory location YM8T to obtain the target range limit Value pair DN1T.

For example, the second memory address AX8T is preset based on the preset function target identifier HA2T, the preset measurement value target range code EM1T, and the preset control code type identifier HC81. Under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines that the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET, the processing unit 331 is based on the obtained functional target identifier HA2T and the obtained measured value target range code EM1T And the obtained control code type identifier HC81 to obtain the second memory address AX8T, and based on the obtained second memory address AX8T to use the storage unit 332 to access the storage unit 332 stored in the second memory The control code CC1T at the position YX8T can obtain the control code CC1T.

In some embodiments, the processing unit 331 determines the corresponding physical parameter range in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located Under the condition of RY1ET, the processing unit 331 executes the signal generation control GY81 for controlling the output unit 338 based on the obtained functional target identifier HA2T and the obtained control code CC1T. In response to the signal generation control GY81, the output unit 338 executes the signal generation operation BY81 for the physical parameter control function FA81 to generate the function signal SG81, and causes the output unit 338 to transmit the function signal SG81 to the function target 335. The function signal SG81 is used to control the function target 335 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1ET.

For example, the output unit 338 includes an output terminal 338P and an output terminal 338Q. The output terminal 338P is coupled to the functional target 335. The output terminal 338P is coupled to the functional target 735. The output terminal 338P and the output terminal 338Q are respectively located at different spatial positions. The preset function target identifier HA2T is configured to indicate the output terminal 338P. The preset function target identifier HA22 is configured to indicate the output terminal 338Q. The signal generation control GY81 functions as an instruction to the output terminal 338P, and is used to cause the processing unit 331 to provide a control signal SF81 to the output unit 338. The control signal SF81 plays a role of instructing the output terminal 338P. The output unit 338 responds to one of the signal generation control GY81 and the control signal SF81 to execute the signal generation operation BY81 using the output terminal 338P to transmit the function signal SG81 to the function target 335.

In some embodiments, the input unit 337 receives a control signal SC97 from the control device 212. The control signal SC97 conveys the functional target identifier HA22. Under the condition that the control signal SC97 transmits the functional object identifier HA22, the processing unit 331 responds to the control signal SC97 to obtain the functional object identifier HA22 from the control signal SC97, Based on the obtained functional target identifier HA22, a control signal SD82 is provided to the control terminal 363C. For example, the control signal SD82 is a selection control signal, which functions as an instruction to the input terminal 3632, and is different from the control signal SD81.

The multiplexer 363 responds to the control signal SD82 to cause the second functional relationship between the input terminal 3632 and the output terminal 363P to be equal to the second conduction relationship. Under the condition that the second functional relationship is equal to the second conduction relationship, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate a sensing signal SN91. The processing unit 331 receives the sensing signal SN91 from the sensing unit 334, and obtains a measurement value VN91 in the designated measurement value format HH81 based on the received sensing signal SN91.

In a specific case, the processing unit 331 executes a signal generation control GY97 for controlling the output unit 338 based on the obtained measured value VN91 and the obtained functional target identifier HA22. The signal generation control GY97 functions to indicate the output terminal 338Q, and is used to cause the processing unit 331 to provide a control signal SF97 to the output unit 338. The control signal SF97 functions to indicate the output terminal 338Q. The output unit 338 responds to one of the signal generation control GY97 and the control signal SF97 to execute a signal generation operation BY97 using the output terminal 338Q to transmit a function signal SG97 to the function target 735. The function signal SG97 is used to control the variable physical parameter QU2A.

Please refer to FIG. 26, which is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9035 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. The control system 901 includes the control target device 130 and the control device 212 for controlling the control target device 130. The control target device 130 has the variable physical parameter Number QU1A. The variable physical parameter QU1A is characterized based on the physical parameter target range RD1ET represented by the measured value target range RN1T. The control device 212 for controlling the variable physical parameter QU1A includes a sensing unit 260 and the operating unit 297.

The sensing unit 260 senses a variable physical parameter QP1A to generate a sensing signal SM81. For example, the variable physical parameter QP1A is characterized based on a physical parameter application range RC1EL represented by a measurement value application range RM1L. The operating unit 297 is coupled to the sensing unit 260. Under the condition that the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the operating unit 297 responds to the sensing signal SM81 to obtain a measurement value VM81. Under the condition that the operating unit 297 determines that the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently in the physical parameter application range RC1EL by checking a mathematical relationship KA81 between the measurement value VM81 and the measurement value application range RM1L, the operating unit 297 generates the control signal SC81 that functions to indicate the target range RN1T of the measurement value.

Please refer to Figure 27. FIG. 27 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9036 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. In some embodiments, the sensing unit 260 is configured to comply with a sensor specification FQ11 related to the measurement value application range RM1L. For example, the sensor specification FQ11 includes a sensor sensitivity representation GQ81 for representing a sensor sensitivity YQ81. The sensor sensitivity YQ81 is related to a sensing signal generated by the sensing unit 260 to generate HE81. The variable physical parameter QU1A is further controlled by the sensing unit 334. The sensing unit 334 is configured to comply with the sensor specification FU11 related to the measured value target range RN1T. For example, the sensor specification FU11 contains The sensor sensitivity of YW81 represents GW81. The sensor sensitivity YW81 is different from the sensor sensitivity YQ81.

The measurement value VM81 is obtained by the operation unit 297 in a designated measurement value format HQ81. The variable physical parameter QP1A is further characterized based on a physical parameter candidate range RC1E2 that is different from the physical parameter application range RC1EL. The measurement value application range RM1L and a measurement value candidate range RM12 representing the physical parameter candidate range RC1E2 are both preset based on the sensor sensitivity indicator GQ81 using the specified measurement value format HQ81. The measurement value target range RN1T is preset based on the sensor sensitivity indicator GW81, and has the target range limit value pair DN1T.

The variable physical parameter QU1A is related to a variable time length LF8A. For example, the variable time length LF8A is characterized based on a reference time length LJ8T. The reference time length LJ8T is represented by a time length value CL8T. The control signal SC81 conveys the target range limit value pair DN1T, the time length value CL8T, and the control code CC1T, and is used to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to be within the physical parameter target range RD1ET and the reference time length LJ8T A matching application time length LT8T. For example, the control code CC1T is preset based on a designated physical parameter QD1T within the physical parameter target range RD1ET. The control signal SC81 serves to indicate the measurement value target range RN1T by transmitting the target range limit value pair DN1T.

The measurement value application range RM1L has an application range limit value pair DM1L. For example, the application range limit value is preset for DM1L. The operating unit 297 responds to the trigger event EQ81 to obtain the application range. Surround the limit value pair DM1L, and check the mathematical relationship KA81 by comparing the measured value VM81 with the obtained application range limit value pair DM1L. The measurement value candidate range RM12 has a candidate range limit value pair DM1B. For example, the candidate range limit value is preset for DM1B. The operating unit 297 responds to the trigger event EQ81 to obtain the preset candidate range limit value pair DM1B.

In some embodiments, the physical parameter application range RC1EL is configured to correspond to a corresponding physical parameter range RW1EL outside the physical parameter application range RC1EL. Under the condition that the operating unit 297 determines the corresponding physical parameter range RW1EL that the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently in by checking the mathematical relationship KA81, the operating unit 297 executes the measurement value VM81 and the obtained reference range limit A data comparison CA91 between the value pair DM1B. Under the condition that the operating unit 297 determines the physical parameter candidate range RC1E2 that the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently in based on the data comparison CA91, the operating unit 297 generates a control signal SC82 for controlling the variable physical parameter QU1A , The control signal SC82 is different from the control signal SC81.

Under the condition that the operating unit 297 determines the physical parameter application range RC1EL that the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently in by checking the mathematical relationship KA81, the operating unit 297 is configured to obtain the target range limit value pair DN1T, DN1T, The time length value CL8T and a control data code CK8T of the control code CC1T. Based on the control data code CK8T, a signal generation control GS81 for generating the control signal SC81 is executed, and a guarantee operation GT81 is performed, and the guarantee operation GT81 A physical parameter used to result in a physical parameter representing the determined application range of the physical parameter RC1EL The application range code UM8L is recorded. The variable physical parameter QU1A and the variable physical parameter QP1A belong to the physical parameter type TU11 and a physical parameter type TP11, respectively. For example, the physical parameter type TU11 is the same as or different from the physical parameter type TP11.

Please refer to Figure 28, Figure 29, Figure 30, Figure 31 and Figure 32. FIG. 28 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9037 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. FIG. 29 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9038 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. FIG. 30 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9039 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. FIG. 31 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9040 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. FIG. 32 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9041 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. As shown in Figure 28, Figure 29, Figure 30, Figure 31, and Figure 32, each of the implementation structure 9029, the implementation structure 9030, the implementation structure 9031, the implementation structure 9032, and the implementation structure 9033 The structure includes the control device 212 and the control target device 130.

Please refer to Figure 26 additionally. In some embodiments, the variable physical parameter QU1A and the variable physical parameter QP1A are respectively formed at an actual position LD81 and an actual position LC81 different from the actual position LD81. The operating unit 297 is configured to execute a trigger application function FB81 related to the physical parameter application range RC1EL, and includes a processing unit 230 coupled to the sensing unit 260, and an output unit 240 coupled to the processing unit 230 . The trigger application function FB81 is configured to comply with a trigger application function specification GBL8 related to the physical parameter application range RC1EL.

The sensing unit 260 is configured to comply with a sensor specification FQ11 related to the measurement value application range RM1L. For example, the sensor specification FQ11 includes a sensor sensitivity representation GQ81 for representing a sensor sensitivity YQ81. The sensor sensitivity YQ81 is related to a sensing signal generated by the sensing unit 260 to generate HE81. For example, when the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the sensing unit 260 senses the variable physical parameter QP1A to perform the sensing signal generation HE81 dependent on the sensor sensitivity YQ81, and the sensing signal generation HE81 is used to generate The sensing signal SM81.

The variable physical parameter QU1A is controlled by the sensing unit 334. The sensing unit 334 is configured to comply with the sensor specification FU11 related to the measured value target range RN1T. For example, the sensor specification FU11 includes the sensor sensitivity representation GW81 for representing the sensor sensitivity YW81. The sensor sensitivity YW81 is different from the sensor sensitivity YQ81.

In some embodiments, under the condition that the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the processing unit 230 responds to the sensing signal SM81 to obtain the measurement value VM81 in a specified measurement value format HQ81. For example, the designated measurement value format HQ81 is characterized based on a designated number of bits UX81. Under the condition that the processing unit 230 determines that the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently in the physical parameter application range RC1EL, the processing unit 230 causes the output unit 240 to generate the control signal SC81. The variable physical parameter QP1A is further characterized based on a rated physical parameter range RC1E. For example, the rated physical parameter range RC1E is represented by a rated measurement value range RC1N, and includes a plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges represented by a plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RM11, RM12, ... RC1E1, RC1E2,....

The plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RC1E1, RC1E2,... include the physical parameter application range RC1EL. The trigger application function specification GBL8 includes the sensor specification FQ11, a rated physical parameter range representing the rated physical parameter range RC1E, GB8E, and a physical parameter application range representing the physical parameter application range RC1EL, GB8L . The physical parameter target range RD1ET is represented by a physical parameter candidate range representation GA8T. For example, the physical parameter candidate range indicates that GA8T is preset.

The rated measurement value range RC1N is predicted based on the rated physical parameter range representing GB8E, the sensor sensitivity representing GQ81, and a data encoding operation ZR81 for converting the rated physical parameter range representing GB1E to use the designated measurement value format HQ81. Suppose, there is a rated range limit value pair DC1A, and includes the plural different measurement value reference ranges RM11, RM12,... represented by the plural different measurement value reference range codes EH11, EH12, ... respectively. For example, the rated range limit value is preset for DC1A using the specified measurement value format HQ81.

In some embodiments, the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RM11, RM12, ... include the measurement value application range RM1L. The measurement value application range RM1L is represented by a measurement value application range code EH1L included in the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EH11, EH12, ..., and has an application range limit value pair DM1L; whereby the measurement value is applied The range code EH1L is configured to indicate the physical parameter application range RC1EL. For example, the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EH11, EH12,... are all preset based on the trigger application function specification GBL8.

The application range limit value pair DM1L includes an application range limit value DM15 of the measurement value application range RM1L and an application range limit value DM16 relative to the application range limit value DM15, and based on the physical parameter, the application range represents GB8L, the sense The sensor sensitivity indicator GQ81 and a data encoding operation ZR82 used to convert the physical parameter application range indicator GB8L are preset using the designated measurement value format HQ81. The measurement value application range RM1L is preset based on the physical parameter application range representation GB8L, the sensor sensitivity representation GQ81, and the data encoding operation ZR82 to use the specified measurement value format HQ81.

The measurement target range RN1T is preset based on the physical parameter candidate range representing GA8T, the sensor sensitivity representing GW81, and a data encoding operation ZX83 for converting the physical parameter candidate range representing GA8T. The control device 212 further includes a storage unit 250 coupled to the processing unit 230. The storage unit 250 stores the preset rated range limit value pair DC1A and a variable physical parameter range code UM8A. For example, the measured value target range RN1T has a target range limit value pair DN1T.

In some embodiments, when the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the variable physical parameter range code UM8A is equal to a specific measurement value range code EH14 selected from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EH11, EH12,... For example, the specific measurement value range code EH14 indicates a specific physical parameter range RC1E4 previously determined by the processing unit 230 based on a sensing operation ZM81. The specific physical parameter range RC1E4 is selected from the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RC1E1, RC1E2,.... The sensing operation ZM81 performed by the sensing unit 260 is used to sense the variable Management parameters QP1A. Before the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the specific measurement value range code EH14 is assigned to the variable physical parameter range code UM8A.

For example, before the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the processing unit 230 obtains the specific measurement value range code EH14. Under the condition that the processing unit 230 determines the specific physical parameter range RC1E4 based on the sensing operation ZM81 before the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the processing unit 230 uses the storage unit 250 to obtain the specific measurement value The range code EH14 is assigned to the variable physical parameter range code UM8A. The specific measurement value range code EH14 represents a specific measurement value range configured to represent the specific physical parameter range RC1E4. The specific measurement value range is preset based on the sensor sensitivity indicator GQ81 in the specified measurement value format HQ11. For example, the sensing unit 260 performs a sensing signal generation dependent on the sensor sensitivity YQ81 by performing the sensing operation ZM81 to generate a sensing signal.

Before the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the processing unit 230 receives the sensing signal, responds to the sensing signal to obtain a specific measurement value in the specified measurement value format HQ11, and executes a method for checking the specific measurement value and the specific measurement A specific check operation for a mathematical relationship between value ranges. Under the condition that the processing unit 230 determines the specific physical parameter range RC1E4 in which the variable physical parameter QP1A is located based on the specific inspection operation, the processing unit 230 uses the storage unit 250 to obtain the specific measurement value The range code EH14 is assigned to the variable physical parameter range code UM8A. The processing unit 230 responds to a specific sensing operation for sensing the variable physical parameter QP1A to determine whether the processing unit 230 should use the storage unit 250 to change the variable physical parameter range code UM8A. example For example, the specific sensing operation is performed by the sensing unit 260.

In some embodiments, under the condition that the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the processing unit 230 obtains an operation reference data code XK81 from the storage unit 250 in response to the trigger event EQ81, and executes it by running a data determination program NE8A Use a data of the operation reference code XK81 to determine AE8A to determine the measurement value application range code EH1L from the multiple different measurement value reference range codes EH11, EH12, ... so as to select the multiple different measurement value reference ranges RM11, RM12, …Select the measurement value application range RM1L.

The operation reference code XK81 is the same as an allowable reference code preset based on the trigger application function specification GBL8. The data determination program NE8A is constructed based on the trigger application function specification GBL8. The data determination AE8A is one of a data determination operation AE81 and a data determination operation AE82. Under the condition that the operation reference data code XK81 is obtained by accessing the variable physical parameter range code UM8A stored in the storage unit 250 and is the same as the specific measurement value range code EH14, it is the data determination operation The data of AE81 determines that AE8A determines the measurement value application range code EH1L based on the obtained specific measurement value range code EH14. For example, the determined application range code EH1L of the measurement value is the same or different from the specific measurement value range code EH14 obtained.

Under the condition that the operation reference data code XK81 is obtained by accessing the rated range limit value pair DC1A stored in the storage unit 250 under the same condition as the preset rated range limit value pair DC1A, it is the The data of the data determination operation AE82 determines that AE8A uses the measured value VM81 and the obtained rated range limit value to DC1A by executing A scientific calculation of MF81 is used to select the measurement value application range code EH1L from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EH11, EH12, ... to determine the measurement value application range code EH1L. For example, the scientific calculation MF81 is executed based on a specific empirical formula XP81. The specific empirical formula XP81 is formulated in advance based on the preset rated range limit value pair DC1A and the plurality of different measured value reference range codes EH11, EH12,... For example, the specific empirical formula XP81 is formulated in advance based on the trigger application function specification GBL8.

The processing unit 230 obtains the application range limit value pair DM1L based on the determined measurement value application range code EH1L, and compares CA81 based on a data comparison between the measurement value VM81 and the obtained application range limit value pair DM1L. The mathematical relationship KA81 is checked to make a logical decision PH81 whether the measurement value VM81 is within the selected measurement value application range RM1L. Under the condition that the logical decision PH81 is affirmative, the processing unit 230 determines the physical parameter application range RC1EL in which the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently located.

For example, under the condition that the application range limit value DM15 is different from the application range limit value DM16 and the measurement value VM81 is between the application range limit value DM15 and the application range limit value DM16, the processing unit 230 compares The measured value VM81 and the obtained limit value of the application range make the logical decision PH81 for DM1L to become affirmative. Under the condition that the application range limit value DM15, the application range limit value DM16, and the measurement value VM81 are equal, the processing unit 230 compares the measurement value VM81 with the obtained application range limit value pair DM1L. This logic determines PH81 to become affirmative.

In some embodiments, the control device 212 has the variable physical parameter QP1A. The variable physical parameter QU1A exists in the control target device 130. The trigger event EQ81 is one of a trigger action event, a user input event, a signal input event, a state change event, and an identification medium appearance event, and is applied to the trigger application function FB81. Under the condition that the trigger event EQ81 which is the trigger action event is about to occur, the control target device 130 is configured to execute a designated functional operation ZH81 related to the variable physical parameter QU1A. For example, the designated function operation ZH81 is used to cause the triggering event to occur.

The trigger application function FB81 is related to a memory unit 25Y1. The measured value target range RN1T is represented by a measured value target range code EM1T; thereby, the measured value target range code EM1T is configured to indicate the physical parameter target range RD1ET. For example, the measured value target range code EM1T is preset based on the trigger application function specification GBL8. There is a mathematical relationship KY81 between the preset measurement value application range code EH1L and the preset measurement value target range code EM1T.

The memory unit 25Y1 has a memory location PM8L and a memory location PV8L different from the memory location PM8L. The application range limit value pair DM1L is stored in the memory location PM8L, and a memory location PV8L is stored in the memory location PV8L. Control data code CK8T. For example, the memory position PM8L and the memory position PV8L are both identified based on the preset measurement value application range code EH1L. The control data code CK8T includes the measured value target range code EM1T. For example, the application range limit value pair DM1L and the control data code CK8T are stored by the memory unit 25Y1 based on the preset measurement value application range code EH1L.

In some embodiments, the processing unit 230 executes a data acquisition AF8A using the determined measurement value application range code EH1L by running a data acquisition program NF8A to obtain the application range limit value pair DM1L. For example, the data acquisition AF8A is one of a data acquisition operation AF81 and a data acquisition operation AF82. The data acquisition program NF8A is constructed based on the trigger application function specification GBL8. The data acquisition operation AF81 uses the memory unit 25Y1 to access the application range limit value pair DM1L stored in the memory location PM1L based on the determined measurement value application range code EH1L to obtain the application range limit value pair DM1L.

The data acquisition operation AF82 obtains the preset rated range limit value pair DC1A by reading the rated range limit value pair DC1A stored in the storage unit 250, and uses the determined measurement value by executing Apply the range code EH1L and a scientific calculation MG81 of the obtained rated range limit value to DC1A to obtain the application range limit value pair DM1L. For example, the rated range limit value pair DC1A includes a rated range limit value DC11 of the rated measurement value range RC1N and a rated range limit value DC12 relative to the rated range limit value DC11, and based on the rated physical parameter range, GB8E, The sensor sensitivity indicates that GQ81 and the data encoding operation ZR81 are preset using the designated measurement value format HQ81.

In some embodiments, under the condition that the processing unit 230 determines that the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently in the physical parameter application range RC1EL, the processing unit 230 executes a data using the determined measurement value application range code EH1L Get AG8A to get a control Application code UA8T. For example, the data acquisition AG8A is one of a data acquisition operation AG81 and a data acquisition operation AG82.

The data acquisition operation AG81 uses the memory unit 25Y1 to access the control data code CK8T stored in the memory location PV8L based on the determined measurement value application range code EH1L to obtain the control data code CK8T equal to the control data code CK8T. Control application code UA8T. The data acquisition operation AG82 obtains the control application code UA8T equal to the preset measurement value target range code EM1T by executing a scientific calculation MQ81 using the determined measurement value application range code EH1L and the mathematical relationship KY81.

The processing unit 230 executes a signal generation control GS81 for the trigger application function FB81 within an operating time TD81 based on the obtained control application code UA8T to control the output unit 240. The output unit 240 responds to the signal generation control GS81 to execute a signal generation operation BS81 for the trigger application function FB81 to generate the control signal SC81. For example, the control signal SC81 serves to indicate the measurement value target range RN1T by transmitting the measurement value target range code EM1T, and is used to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to be within the physical parameter target range RD1ET. For example, the control signal SC81 conveys the control message CG81. The processing unit 230 causes the output unit 240 to generate the control message CG81 based on the obtained control application code UA8T.

In some embodiments, the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RC1E1, RC1E2, ... further include a physical parameter candidate range RC1E2 that is different from the physical parameter application range RC1EL. The plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RM11, RM12, ... have a total reference range number NS81, and further include a candidate range RC1E2 representing the physical parameter The measured value candidate range is RM12. The trigger application function specification GBL8 further includes a physical parameter candidate range representation GB82 for representing the physical parameter candidate range RC1E2.

The measurement value candidate range RM12 is represented by a measurement value candidate range code EH12 different from the measurement value application range code EH1L, has a candidate range limit value pair DM1B, and is configured to represent the physical parameter candidate range RC1E2; thereby The measurement value candidate range code EH12 is configured to indicate the physical parameter candidate range RC1E2. For example, the candidate range limit value pair DM1B uses the specified measurement value format HQ81 based on the physical parameter candidate range representation GB82, the sensor sensitivity representation GQ81, and a data encoding operation ZR83 for converting the physical parameter candidate range representation GB82. It is preset.

The measurement value candidate range RM12 is preset based on the physical parameter candidate range representation GB82, the sensor sensitivity representation GQ81, and the data encoding operation ZR83 to use the specified measurement value format HQ81. The total reference range number NS81 is preset based on the trigger application function specification GBL8. The processing unit 230 obtains the total reference range number NS81 in response to the trigger event EQ81. The scientific calculation MF81 further uses the obtained total reference range number NS81. The scientific calculation MG81 further uses the obtained total reference range number NS81. For example, the total number of reference ranges NS81 is greater than or equal to 2. For example, the total number of reference ranges NS81≧3; the total number of reference ranges NS81≧4; the total number of reference ranges NS81≧5; the total number of reference ranges NS81≧6; and the total number of reference ranges NS81≦255.

In some embodiments, the control target device 130 receives The control signal SC81 obtains the measured value target range code EM1T from the received control signal SC81, and causes the variable physical parameter QU1A to fall within the physical parameter target range RD1ET based on the obtained measured value target range code EM1T Inside. For example, the control signal SC81 conveys a control message CG81 determined based on the control application code UA8T. The control message CG81 includes the measurement value target range code EM1T. For example, the control message CG81 includes the target range limit value pair DN1T and the control code CC1T.

The measurement value application range RM1L is a first part of the rated measurement value range RC1N. The measurement value candidate range RM12 is a second part of the rated measurement value range RC1N. The physical parameter application range RC1EL and the physical parameter candidate range RC1E2 are separate or adjacent. Under the condition that the physical parameter application range RC1EL and the physical parameter candidate range RC1E2 are separated, the measurement value application range RM1L and the measurement value candidate range RM12 are separated. Under the condition that the physical parameter application range RC1EL and the physical parameter candidate range RC1E2 are adjacent, the measurement value application range RM1L and the measurement value candidate range RM12 are adjacent.

For example, the measurement value application range code EH1L is configured to be equal to an integer. The rated range limit value DC12 is greater than the rated range limit value DC11. The rated range limit value DC12 and the rated range limit value DC11 have a relative value VC11 relative to the rated range limit value DC11. The relative value VC11 is equal to a calculation result of the rated range limit value DC12 minus the rated range limit value DC11. For example, the application range limit value pair DM1L is based on the rated range limit value DC11, the rated range limit value DC12, the integer, and the relative value VC11 for the general reference range. A ratio of the number NS11 is preset. The scientific calculation MG81 uses one of the rated range limit value DC11, the rated range limit value DC12, the integer, the ratio, and any combination thereof.

In some embodiments, under the condition that the logic determines PH81 is negative, the processing unit 230 determines the selection from the plurality of different measurements by executing a fourth scientific calculation MF12 using the determined measurement value application range code EH1L The measurement value candidate range code EH12 of the value reference range codes EH11, EH12, ... is so as to select the measurement value candidate range RM12 from the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RM11, RM12, ....

The processing unit 230 obtains the candidate range limit value pair DM1B based on the determined measurement value candidate range code EH12, and compares CA91 based on a data between the measurement value VM81 and the obtained candidate range limit value pair DM1B. A mathematical relationship KA91 between the measurement value VM81 and the selected measurement value candidate range RM12 is checked to make a logical decision PH91 whether the measurement value VM81 is within the selected measurement value candidate range RM12. Under the condition that the logical decision PH91 is affirmative, the processing unit 230 determines the physical parameter candidate range RC1E2 in which the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently located.

Under the condition that the processing unit 230 determines that the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently in the physical parameter candidate range RC1E2, the processing unit 230 causes the output unit 240 to perform a signal generation operation BS91 for the trigger application function FB81 to generate A control signal SC82 for controlling the variable physical parameter QU1A is different from the control signal SC81.

The code EH14 is different from that determined in this specific measurement value range The measurement value applies the range code EH1L and the processing unit 230 determines that the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently in the physical parameter application range RC1EL by making the logical decision PH81, the processing unit 230 is based on the condition equal to the specific A code difference DA81 between the variable physical parameter range code UM8A of the measurement value range code EH14 and the determined measurement value application range code EH1L is used to use the storage unit 250 to apply the determined measurement value to the range code EH1L Assigned to the variable physical parameter range code UM8A. Under the condition that the trigger event EQ81 is the state change event in which the variable physical parameter QP1A enters the physical parameter application range RC1EL from the specific physical parameter range RC1E4, the processing unit 230 determines the state change based on the code difference DA81 The triggering event EQ81 of the event.

In some embodiments, the operating unit 297 further includes a response area AC1, a reader 220, and an input unit 270. The response area AC1 is used to execute the trigger application function FB81. The reader 220 is coupled to the response area AC1. The input unit 270 is coupled to the processing unit 230. Under the condition that the trigger event EQ81 is the occurrence event of the identification medium and the processing unit 230 has identified an identification medium 310 appearing in the response area AC1 through the reader 220, the processing unit 230 is based on the sensing signal SM81 To obtain the measured value VM81.

When the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the output unit 240 displays a status indication LA81. For example, the state indication LA81 is used to indicate that the variable physical parameter QP1A is configured in a specific state XH81 within the specific physical parameter range RC1E4. In the specific measurement value range code EH14 is different from the determined measurement value application range code EH1L and the processing unit 230 determines the variable physical parameter by making the logical decision PH81 Under the condition that QP1A is currently in the physical parameter application range RC1EL, the processing unit 230 further causes the output unit 240 to change the status indication LA81 to a status indication LA82 based on the code difference DA81. For example, the state indication LA82 is used to indicate that the variable physical parameter QP1A is configured in a specific state XH82 within the physical parameter application range RC1EL.

Under the condition that the input unit 270 receives a control response signal SE81 generated in response to the control signal SC81 from the control target device 130 within a specified time TW81 after the operation time TD81, the processing unit 230 responds to the control In response to the signal SE81, a designated actual operation BJ81 related to the variable physical parameter QU1A is executed. After the operating time TD81, the sensing unit 260 senses the variable physical parameter QP1A to generate a sensing signal SM82. For example, after the operating time TD81, the sensing unit 260 senses the variable physical parameter QP1A to perform a sensing signal generation HE82 dependent on the sensor sensitivity YQ81, and the sensing signal generation HE82 is used to generate the Sensing signal SM82.

In some embodiments, the processing unit 230 responds to the sensing signal SM82 within a specified time TE82 after the operating time TD81 to obtain a measurement value VM82 in the specified measurement value format HQ81. The processing unit 230 obtains one of the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EH11, EH12, ... by executing a scientific calculation MF83 using the determined measurement value application range code EH1L within the specified time TE82 Specific measurement value range code EH17. For example, the specific measurement value range code EH17 is different from the determined measurement value application range code EH1L, and represents a specific measurement value range RM17 included in the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RM11, RM12,...

The specific measurement value range RM17 represents a specific physical parameter range RC1E7 included in the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RC1E1, RC1E2,... The processing unit 230 executes a check operation BA83 for checking a mathematical relationship KA83 between the measurement value VM82 and the specific measurement value range RM17 based on the specific measurement value range code EH17.

In some embodiments, under the condition that the processing unit 230 determines that the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently in the specific physical parameter range RC1E7 based on the checking operation BA83 within the specified time TE82, the processing unit 230 causes the The output unit 240 generates a control signal SC83 for controlling the variable physical parameter QU1A, and uses the storage unit 250 to assign the specific measurement value range code EH17 to the variable physical parameter range code UM8A. For example, the control signal SC83 is different from the control signal SC81.

Under the condition that the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the sensing unit 260 senses the variable physical parameter QP1A in a restraining condition FP81 to provide the sensing signal SM81 to the processing unit 230. For example, the constraint condition FP81 is that the variable physical parameter QP1A is equal to a specific physical parameter QP15 included in the rated physical parameter range RC1E. The processing unit 230 estimates the specific physical parameter QP15 based on the sensing signal SM81 to obtain the measured value VM81. Since the variable physical parameter QP1A in the constraint condition FP81 is within the physical parameter application range RC1EL, the processing unit 230 recognizes that the measurement value VM81 is an allowable value within the measurement value application range RM1L, by This identifies the mathematical relationship KA81 between the measurement value VM81 and the measurement value application range RM1L as a numerical intersection relationship, and thereby determines the current position of the variable physical parameter QP1A The physical parameters in the application range RC1EL.

In some embodiments, the sensing unit 260 is characterized based on the sensor sensitivity YQ81 related to the sensing signal generating HE81, and is configured to comply with the sensor specification FQ11. The sensor specification FQ11 includes the sensor sensitivity representation GQ81 for representing the sensor sensitivity YQ81, and a sensor measurement range representation GQ8R for representing a sensor measurement range RA8E. For example, the rated physical parameter range RC1E is configured to be the same as the sensor measurement range RA8E, or is configured to be a part of the sensor measurement range RA8E. The sensor measurement range RA8E is related to a physical parameter sensing performed by the first sensing unit 260. The measurement range of the sensor means that the GQ8R is provided based on a first preset measurement unit. For example, the first preset measurement unit is one of a metric measurement unit and an English measurement unit.

The rated measurement value range RC1N and the rated range limit value for DC1A are based on the rated physical parameter range indicating GB8E, the sensor measuring range indicating GQ8R, the sensor sensitivity indicating GQ81 and the data encoding operation ZR81 to use the designation The measured value format HQ81 is preset. The measurement value application range RM1L and the application range limit value pair DM1L are based on the physical parameter application range representing GB8L, the sensor measurement range representing GQ8R, the sensor sensitivity representing GQ81 and the data encoding operation ZR82 to use the designation The measured value format HQ81 is preset.

The measurement value candidate range RM12 and the candidate range limit value pair DM1B are based on the physical parameter candidate range representing GB82, the sensor measurement range representing GQ8R, the sensor sensitivity representing GQ81, and the data encoding operation ZR83 to use the designation The measured value format HQ81 is pre- Assume. The rated physical parameter range represents GB8E, the physical parameter application range represents GB8L, the physical parameter candidate range represents GA8T, and the physical parameter candidate range represents GB82 are provided based on a second preset measurement unit. For example, the second preset measurement unit is one of a metric measurement unit and an English measurement unit, and is the same as or different from the first preset measurement unit. For example, the physical parameter target range RD1ET is configured to be a part of the sensor measurement range RB8E.

The variable physical parameter QP1A is further characterized based on the sensor measurement range RA8E. For example, the sensor measurement range represents GQ8R, the rated physical parameter range represents GB8E, the physical parameter application range represents GB8L, the physical parameter candidate range represents GA8T, the physical parameter candidate range represents GB82 and the sensor measurement range represents GW8R all belong to the decimal data type. The measurement value VM81, the measurement value VM82, the rated range limit value pair DC1A, the application range limit value pair DM1L, the target range limit value pair DN1T, and the candidate range limit value pair DM1B all belong to the binary data type and are all Suitable for computer processing. The sensor specification FQ11, the sensor specification FU11, and the trigger application function specification GBL8 are all preset.

In some embodiments, the memory location PM8L is identified based on a memory address FM8L. The memory address FM8L is preset based on the preset measurement value application range code EH1L. The memory location PV8L is identified based on a memory address FV8L. The memory address FV8L is preset based on the preset measurement value application range code EH1L.

Before the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the processing unit 230 is configured to obtain the preset measurement value application range code EH1L, the preset application range limit value pair DM1L, and the preset control data code CK8T, based on the obtained measurement value application range code EH1L To obtain the memory address FM8L, and based on the obtained application range limit value pair DM1L and the obtained memory address FM8L to cause the operation unit 297 to provide the obtained application range limit value pair DM1L and the obtained A write request message WB8L of the memory address FM8L. For example, the write request message WB8L is used to cause the memory unit 25Y1 to store the delivered application range limit value pair DM1L in the memory location PM8L.

Before the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the processing unit 230 applies the range code EH1L to obtain the memory address FV8L based on the obtained measurement value, and obtains the memory address FV8L based on the obtained control data code CK8T and the obtained memory address FV8L This causes the operating unit 297 to provide a write request message WA8L including the acquired control data code CK8T and the acquired memory address FV8L. For example, the write request message WA8L is used to cause the memory unit 25Y1 to store the transmitted control data code CK8T in the memory location PV8L.

The control device 212 is coupled to a server 280. The identification medium 310 is one of an electronic tag 350, a code medium 360, and a biometric identification medium 370. One of the electronic tag 350, the storage unit 250, and the server 280 includes the memory unit 25Y1. For example, the storage unit 250 has a storage space SS11. The storage space SS11 has the variable physical parameter range code UM8A, the rated range limit value pair DC1A, and the total reference range number NS81.

Please refer to Figure 33. Figure 33 is shown in Figure 1 A schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9042 of the control system 901. As shown in FIG. 33, the implementation structure 9042 includes the control device 212, the control target device 130, and the server 280. The control device 212 is linked to the server 280. The control device 212 is used for controlling the variable physical parameter QU1A existing in the control target device 130 by the trigger event EQ81, and includes the operating unit 297 and the sensing unit 260. The operation unit 297 includes the processing unit 230, the input unit 270, and the output unit 240. The processing unit 230 is coupled to the server 280.

The control device 212 is installed in the application environment EX81. The variable physical parameter QP1A exists in a physical parameter formation area AT11. One of the control device 212 and the application environment EX81 has the variable physical parameter QP1A. For example, the sensing unit 260 is coupled to the physical parameter formation area AT11 having the variable physical parameter QP1A. The variable physical parameter QU1A exists in the physical parameter formation area AU11. For example, under the condition that the physical parameter formation area AT11 is located in the application environment EX81, the physical parameter formation area AT11 is adjacent to the control device 212.

For example, the physical parameter formation area AU11 and the physical parameter formation area AT11 are separate and are respectively formed at the actual position LD81 and the actual position LC81; thereby, the variable physical parameter QU1A and the variable physical parameter QP1A They are respectively formed at the actual position LD81 and the actual position LC81 which is different from the actual position LD81. For example, the physical parameter formation area AT11 is one of a load area, a display area, a sensing area, a power supply area, and an environment area. For example, the physical parameter formation area AU11 is one of a load area, a display area, a sensing area, a power supply area, and an environment area.

For example, the processing unit 230 responds to the trigger event EQ81 to cause the variable physical parameter QP1A to be formed in the physical parameter formation area AT11. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A exists in the physical parameter formation area AT11, the sensing unit 260 senses the variable physical parameter QP1A to generate the sensing signal SM81. For example, the physical parameter formation area AT11 is a user interface area.

In some embodiments, the control target device 130 includes the operating unit 397, the sensing unit 334 coupled to the operating unit 397, and a functional target 335 coupled to the operating unit 397. The function object 335 is controlled by the operating unit 397 and includes the physical parameter forming area AU11 having the variable physical parameter QU1A. The variable physical parameter QU1A is further characterized based on a rated physical parameter range RD1E that includes the physical parameter target range RD1ET. The rated physical parameter range RD1E is represented by a rated measurement value range RD1N, and includes a plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2, ... represented by a plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RN11, RN12, .... The plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2,... include the physical parameter target range RD1ET and a physical parameter candidate range RD1E2.

The rated measurement value range RD1N includes the plural different measurement value reference ranges RN11, RN12,..., and based on the rated physical parameter range represents GB8E, the sensor sensitivity represents GQ81, and is used to convert the rated physical parameter range represents GB8E. The data encoding operation ZR81 is preset using the specified measurement value format HQ81. The plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RN11, RN12,... include the measurement value target range RN1T and a measurement value candidate range representing the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 RN12. The measurement value candidate range RN12 is represented by a measurement value candidate range code EM12 and has a candidate range threshold pair DN1B, whereby the measurement value candidate range code EM12 is configured to indicate the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2. Before the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the variable physical parameter QU1A is configured to be within a specific physical parameter range RD1E4. The specific physical parameter range RD1E4 is included in the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2,....

In some embodiments, the triggering event caused by the control target device 130 is a state change event. The control device 212 further includes a state change detector 475 coupled to the processing unit 230. For example, the state change detector 475 is one of a limit detector and an edge detector. The limit detector is a limit switch. The state change detector 475 is configured to detect the arrival of a characteristic physical parameter related to a predetermined characteristic physical parameter UL81 to the ZL82. The function object 335 includes a physical parameter application area AJ11. The physical parameter application area AJ11 has a variable physical parameter QG1A. The variable physical parameter QG1A is dependent on the variable physical parameter QU1A, and is characterized based on the predetermined characteristic physical parameter UL81. For example, the physical parameter application area AJ11 is one of a load area, a display area, a sensing area, a power supply area, and an environment area. The preset characteristic physical parameter UL81 is related to the variable physical parameter QU1A.

Before the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the operation unit 397 causes the function target 335 to execute the designated function operation ZH81 related to the variable physical parameter QU1A. The designated function operation ZH81 is used to control the variable physical parameter QG1A, and cause the trigger event EQ81 to occur by changing the variable physical parameter QG1A. The variable physical parameter QG1A is configured To be in a variable physical state XA8A. For example, the operation unit 397 is controlled by the control device 212 so that the function target 335 executes the designated function operation ZH81. For example, the rated measurement value range RD1N has a rated range limit value pair DD1A.

Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is configured to be within the specific physical parameter range RD1E4 before the trigger event EQ81, the designated functional operation ZH81 causes the variable physical parameter QG1A to reach the preset characteristic physical parameter UL81. The characteristic physical parameter is formed to reach ZL82, and the variable physical state XA8A is changed from a non-characteristic physical parameter reaching state XA81 to an actual characteristic physical parameter reaching state XA82 by forming the characteristic physical parameter reaching ZL82. The state change detector 475 generates a trigger signal SX81 in response to the characteristic physical parameter reaching ZL82. For example, the actual characteristic physical parameter reaching state XA82 is characterized based on the preset characteristic physical parameter UL81. The state change detector 475 generates the trigger signal SX81 in response to a state change event in which the variable physical parameter QG1A is changed from the non-characteristic physical parameter reaching state XA81 to the actual characteristic physical parameter reaching state XA82.

In some embodiments, the input unit 270 is coupled to the state change detector 475. The trigger event EQ81 is the state change event when the variable physical parameter QG1A enters the actual characteristic physical parameter arrival state XA82. One of the input unit 270 and the processing unit 230 receives the trigger signal SX81. The processing unit 230 obtains the control application code UA8T in response to the received trigger signal SX81, and executes the signal generation for the trigger application function FB81 within the operation time TD81 based on the obtained control application code UA8T Control GS81 to cause this output order The element 240 generates the control signal SC81.

For example, under the condition that the state change detector 475 is the limit switch, the characteristic physical parameter reaching ZL82 is equal to a variable space position and the variable physical parameter QG1A reaches the preset characteristic equal to a preset limit position. A limit position of the physical parameter UL81 has been reached. For example, the function target 335 forms the variable physical parameter QG1A in the physical parameter application area AJ11 by executing the designated function operation ZH81 caused based on the variable physical parameter QU1A. Under the condition that the physical parameter application area AJ11 is coupled to the state change detector 475, the state change detector 475 detects that the characteristic physical parameter reaches the ZL82.

For example, the processing unit 230 uses the sensing signal SM81 to obtain the measurement value VM81 in response to the received trigger signal SX81. Under the condition that the processing unit 230 determines that the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently in the physical parameter application range RC1EL by checking the mathematical relationship KA81 between the measurement value VM81 and the measurement value application range RM1L, the processing unit 230 execute the data acquisition AG8A using the determined measurement value application range code EH1L to obtain the control application code UA8T, and based on the obtained control application code UA8T, cause the output unit 240 to generate a target indicating the measurement value The control signal SC81 is the function of the range RN1T.

In some embodiments, the sensing unit 260 senses the variable physical parameter QP1A to generate the sensing signal SM81. For example, under the condition that the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the sensing unit 260 senses the variable physical parameter QP1A to generate the sensing signal SM81. The processing unit 230 executes the signal generation control GS81 to cause the output unit 240 to operate in the After the control signal SC81 is generated within the operating time TD81, the sensing unit 260 senses the variable physical parameter QP1A to generate the sensing signal SM82. For example, the sensing unit 260 is a time sensing unit, an electrical parameter sensing unit, a mechanical parameter sensing unit, an optical parameter sensing unit, a temperature sensing unit, a humidity sensing unit, and a motion sensing unit. One of the sensing unit and a magnetic parameter sensing unit.

For example, the sensing unit 260 includes a sensing component 261 coupled to the processing unit 230, and uses the sensing component 261 to generate the sensing signal SM81 and the sensing signal SM82. The sensing component 261 is one of a plurality of application sensors. The plural application sensors include a voltage sensor, a current sensor, a resistance sensor, a capacitance sensor, an inductance sensor, an accelerometer, a gyroscope, and a pressure transducer , A strain gauge, a timer, a light detector, a temperature sensor and a humidity sensor. For example, the sensing component 261 generates a sensing signal component. The first sensing signal SM81 includes the sensing signal component.

Please refer to FIG. 34, which is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9043 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. As shown in FIG. 34, the implementation structure 9043 includes the control device 212, the control target device 130, and the server 280. The control device 212 is a computing device, a communication device, a user device, a mobile device, a remote control, an electronic device, a portable device, a desktop device, a relative fixed device, and a fixed device , A smart phone and any combination thereof. The electronic tag 350 is one of a passive electronic tag, an active electronic tag, a semi-active electronic tag, a wireless electronic tag and a wired electronic tag. For example, the control device 212 passes the output unit 240 An actual link with the operating unit 397 transmits the control signal SC81 to the control target device 130. The actual link is one of a wired link and a wireless link.

In some embodiments, the rated physical parameter range RC1E includes a specific physical parameter QP15 and is represented by the rated measurement value range RC1N. The sensing unit 260 senses the variable physical parameter QP1A in the restraint condition FP81 to provide the sensing signal SM81 to the processing unit 230. For example, the constraint condition FP81 is that the variable physical parameter QP1A is equal to the specific physical parameter QP15. Under the condition that the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the processing unit 230 estimates the specific physical parameter QP15 based on the sensing signal SM81 to obtain the measured value VM81.

The control signal SC81 is one of the electrical signal SP81 and the optical signal SQ81. The output unit 240 includes an output component 450, a display component 460, and an output component 455. The output component 450 is coupled to the processing unit 230, and is used to output the electrical signal SP81 under the condition that the control signal SC81 is the electrical signal SP81. For example, the output component 450 is a transmission component. When the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the display component 460 displays the status indication LA81. In the specific measurement value range code EH14 is different from the determined measurement value application range code EH1L, and the processing unit 230 determines the physical parameter application range RC1EL in which the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently located by making the logical decision PH81 Under the condition of, the processing unit 230 causes the display component 460 to change the status indication LA81 to the status indication LA82 based on the code difference DA81.

The display component 460 is coupled to the processing unit 230 for displaying measurement information LY81 related to the measurement value VM81, and displays it in the The control signal SC81 is used to output the optical signal SQ81 under the condition of the optical signal SQ81. The output component 455 is coupled to the processing unit 230. For example, the processing unit 230 is configured to cause the output component 455 to transmit a physical parameter signal SB81 to the control target device 130. The variable physical parameter QU1A is formed based on the physical parameter signal SB81. For example, the output component 455 is a transmission component.

In some embodiments, the control device 212 is coupled to the server 280 and further includes a physical parameter forming unit 290 coupled to the sensing unit 260. For example, under the condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A is to be generated by the physical parameter forming unit 290, the physical parameter forming unit 290 generates the variable physical parameter QP1A. The input unit 270 includes an input component 440 and an input component 445. The input component 440 is coupled to the processing unit 230. For example, one of the input component 440 and the display component 460 includes a user interface area AP11.

The input component 445 is coupled to the processing unit 230 for receiving the control response signal SE81, and includes a receiving component 4451 and a reader 4452. The receiving component 4451 and the reader 4452 are both coupled to the processing unit 230. The control response signal SE81 is one of an electrical signal LP81 and an optical signal LQ81. Under the condition that the control response signal SE81 is the electrical signal LP81, the receiving component 4451 is used to receive the electrical signal LP81. Under the condition that the control response signal SE81 is the optical signal LQ81, the reader 4452 is used to receive the optical signal LQ81. For example, one of the electronic tag 350, the storage unit 250, and the server 280 includes the memory unit 25Y1.

The application environment EX81, the input component 440, the display One of the display component 460 and the physical parameter forming unit 290 has the physical parameter forming area AT11. The processing unit 230 causes the physical parameter formation area AT11 to have the variable physical parameter QP1A by executing a designated function operation BH82 for the trigger application function FB81, and thereby causes the sensing unit 260 to sense that it is in the constraint The variable physical parameter QP1A of the condition FP81. One of the electronic tag 350, the storage unit 250, and the server 280 includes the memory unit 25Y1. The sensing unit 260, the storage unit 250, the output component 450, the display component 460, the output component 455, the input component 440, the receiving component 4451, the reader 4452, and the physical parameter forming unit 290 are all affected by The processing unit 230 controls. For example, one of the sensing unit 260 and the display component 460 includes the physical parameter formation area AT11.

The variable physical parameter QP1A is a fourth variable electrical parameter, a fourth variable mechanical parameter, a fourth variable optical parameter, a fourth variable temperature, a fourth variable voltage, and a fourth variable Variable current, a fourth variable electric power, a fourth variable resistor, a fourth variable capacitor, a fourth variable inductance, a fourth variable frequency, a fourth clock time, a fourth variable Variable time length, a fourth variable brightness, a fourth variable light intensity, a fourth variable volume, a fourth variable data flow, a fourth variable amplitude, a fourth variable spatial position, a Fourth variable displacement, a fourth variable sequence position, a fourth variable angle, a fourth variable space length, a fourth variable distance, a fourth variable translation speed, a fourth variable angular velocity , One of a fourth variable acceleration, a fourth variable force, a fourth variable pressure, and a fourth variable mechanical power.

In some embodiments, the physical parameter application range RC1EL is one of a relatively high physical parameter range and a relatively low physical parameter range; and the specific physical parameter range RC1E4 is the other of the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A is the fourth variable voltage, the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range are a relatively high voltage range and a relatively low voltage range, respectively. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A is the fourth variable current, the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range are a relatively high current range and a relatively low current range, respectively. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A is the fourth variable resistor, the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range are a relatively high resistance range and a relatively low resistance range, respectively.

Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A is the fourth variable spatial position, the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range are a relatively high position range and a relatively low position range, respectively. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A is the fourth variable pressure, the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range are a relatively high pressure range and a relatively low pressure range, respectively. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A is the fourth variable length, the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range are a relatively high length range and a relatively low length range, respectively. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A is the fourth variable angular velocity, the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range are a relatively high angular velocity range and a relatively low angular velocity range, respectively.

For example, the physical parameter application range RC1EL is one of a relatively high physical parameter range and a relatively low physical parameter range; And the physical parameter candidate range RC1E2 is the other of the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range. For example, the physical parameter application range RC1EL is one of a relatively high physical parameter range and a relatively low physical parameter range; and the specific physical parameter range RC1E7 is one of the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range another. For example, the physical parameter candidate range RC1E2 is one of a relatively high physical parameter range and a relatively low physical parameter range; and the physical parameter candidate range RC1E3 is one of the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range another.

In some embodiments, under the condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A is within the physical parameter application range RC1EL, the variable physical parameter QP1A is in a first reference state. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A is within the specific physical parameter range RC1E4, the variable physical parameter QP1A is in a second reference state. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A is within the physical parameter candidate range RC1E2, the variable physical parameter QP1A is in a third reference state. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A is within the specific physical parameter range RC1E7, the variable physical parameter QP1A is in a fourth reference state. The first reference state is the same or different from the second reference state. The second reference state is different from the third reference state. The first reference state is different from the fourth reference state.

For example, the measurement value application range code EH1L is a measurement value reference range number. The measurement value application range RM1L is arranged in the rated measurement value range RC1N based on the measurement value application range code EH1L. The measurement value candidate range code EH12 is a measurement value reference range number. The test The value candidate range RM12 is arranged in the rated measurement value range RC1N based on the measurement value candidate range code EH12. The measured value target range code EM1T is a measured value reference range number. The measured value target range RN1T is arranged in the rated measured value range RD1N based on the measured value target range code EM1T.

For example, the variable physical parameter QP1A is the second variable voltage. The physical parameter application range RC1EL, the specific physical parameter range RC1E4, and the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 are a first voltage reference range, a second voltage reference range, and a third voltage reference range, respectively. For example, under the condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A is the second variable displacement, the physical parameter application range RC1EL, the specific physical parameter range RC1E4, and the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 are respectively a first displacement reference range and a first displacement reference range. The second displacement reference range and a third displacement reference range. For example, under the condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A is the second clock time, the physical parameter application range RC1EL, the specific physical parameter range RC1E4, and the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 are respectively a first clock time reference range and a The second clock time reference range and a third clock time reference range.

For example, the operating unit 297 includes a communication interface unit 246 coupled to the processing unit 230. The processing unit 230 is coupled to the network 410 through the communication interface unit 246. For example, the communication interface unit 246 is controlled by the processing unit 230 and includes the output component 450 coupled to the processing unit 230 and the receiving component 4451 coupled to the processing unit 230. The processing unit 230 is coupled to the server 280 through the communication interface unit 246 and the network 410.

Please refer to Figure 35, Figure 36 and Figure 37. 35th The figure is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9044 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. FIG. 36 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9045 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. FIG. 37 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9046 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. As shown in FIGS. 35, 36, and 37, each of the implementation structure 9044, the implementation structure 9045, and the implementation structure 9046 includes the control device 212, the control target device 130, and the server 280. The control device 212 is linked to the server 280. The control device 212 is used to control the variable physical parameter QU1A existing in the control target device 130 and includes the operating unit 297 and the sensing unit 260. The operating unit 297 includes the processing unit 230, the input unit 270, and the output unit 240, and is coupled to the server 280.

In some embodiments, the trigger application function FB81 is related to the memory unit 25Y1. The memory unit 25Y1 stores the control data code CK8T. The control data code CK8T is one of a control information code CM82, a control information code CM83, a control information code CM84, and a control information code CM85. The control message CG81 is one of a control data message CN82, a control data message CN83, a control data message CN84, and a control data message CN85.

Under the condition that the control data code CK8T is the control information code CM82, the control signal SC81 is a command signal SW82 for transmitting the control data message CN82. The control information code CM82 and the control data message CN82 both include the measured value target range code EM1T. The control signal SC81 serves to indicate the measurement value target range RN1T by transmitting the measurement value target range code EM1T, and is used to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the object represented by the measurement value target range RN1T The target range of management parameters is RD1ET.

Under the condition that the control data code CK8T is the control information code CM83, the control signal SC81 is a command signal SW83 for transmitting the control data message CN83. The control information code CM83 and the control data message CN83 both include the target range limit value pair DN1T, the rated range limit value pair DD1A, and the control code CC1T. For example, the control information code CM83 and the control data message CN83 both further include the measured value target range code EM1T. The control signal SC81 serves to indicate the measurement value target range RN1T by transmitting the target range limit value pair DN1T, and is used to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter represented by the measurement value target range RN1T Target range RD1ET.

In some embodiments, under the condition that the control data code CK8T is the control information code CM84, the control signal SC81 is a command signal SW84 for transmitting the control data message CN84. The control information code CM84 and the control data message CN84 both include a relative reference range code ZB81. The control signal SC81 serves to indicate the measurement value target range RN1T by transmitting the relative reference range code ZB81, and is used to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target represented by the measurement value target range RN1T Range RD1ET.

For example, the operating unit 397 includes a timer 339. The timer 339 is used to measure the variable time length LF8A, and is configured to comply with a timer specification FT81. Both the control data code CK8T and the control message CG81 further include the time length value CL8T. The processing unit 230 sets the time length value CL8T in a designated count value format HH91 based on the reference time length LJ8T and the timer specification FT81, and based on the obtained The obtained control data code CK8T causes the output unit 240 to execute the signal generation operation BS81 to generate the control signal SC81 that delivers the time length value CL8T. For example, the designated count value format HH91 is characterized based on a designated number of bits UY91.

The trigger application function specification GBL8 includes a time length representation GB8KJ. The time length indicates that GB8KJ is used to indicate the reference time length LJ8T. For example, the time length value CL8T is preset based on the time length representation GB8KJ, the timer specification FT81, and a data encoding operation ZR8KJ for converting the time length representation GB8KJ to use the designated count value format HH91. The storage unit 250 stores the control data code CK8T including the time length value CL8T. The processing unit 230 is configured to obtain the control data code CK8T from the storage unit 250. For example, the length of time indicates that GB8KJ is the same as the length of time indicates GA8KJ.

In some embodiments, the control target device 130 stores a physical parameter target range code UQ1T. Under the condition that the control data code CK8T is the control information code CM85, the control signal SC81 is a command signal SW85 for transmitting the control data message CN85. The control information code CM85 and the control data message CN85 both include a time value target range code EL1T and a clock reference time value NR81. The time value target range code EL1T is preset. Under the condition that the physical parameter target range code UQ1T is equal to the preset measurement value target range code EM1T, the control signal SC81 conveys the preset time value target range code EL1T to indicate the measurement value target The range RN1T is used to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1ET represented by the measured value target range RN1T.

The operating unit 397 further includes a timer 342. The timer 342 is used to measure a clock time TH1A and is configured to comply with a timer specification FT21. The variable physical parameter QU1A is related to the clock time TH1A. The clock time TH1A is characterized based on a clock reference time TR81. The trigger event EQ81 occurs at a trigger time TT81. The trigger time TT81 is a current time. The clock reference time value NR81 is preset based on the clock reference time TR81 and the timer specification FT21 in a designated count value format HH95. A time difference between the clock reference time TR81 and the trigger time TT81 is within a preset time length. Both the timer specification FT81 and the timer specification FT21 are preset. For example, the designated count value format HH95 is characterized based on a designated number of bits UY95.

The clock time TH1A is characterized based on a time target interval HR1ET. The time target interval HR1ET includes the clock reference time TR81 and is represented by a time value reference range RQ1T. The time value reference range RQ1T is preset based on the timer specification FT21 in the designated count value format HH95. The time value target range code EL1T is configured to indicate the time target interval HR1ET, and is preset based on the trigger application function specification GBL8. The physical parameter target range code UQ1T represents a physical parameter target range RK1ET in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is expected to be in the time target interval HR1ET. The physical parameter target range RK1ET is selected from the plural different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2,....

In some embodiments, under the condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A is the same as the clock time TH1A, the sensing unit 260 senses The clock time TH1A is used to generate the sensing signal SM81 and used as a timer. For example, under the condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A is the same as the clock time TH1A, the measurement value application range code EH1L is the same as the time value target range code EL1T. The processing unit 230 executes the data determination AE8A in response to the trigger event EQ81 to determine the measurement value application range code EH1L that is the same as the time value target range code EL1T.

For example, under the condition that the processing unit 230 determines that the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently in the physical parameter application range RC1EL, the processing unit 230 executes the data acquisition AG8A using the determined measurement value application range code EH1L to obtain The control application code UA8T which is the same as the control data code CK8T. Under the condition that the obtained control data code CK8T includes the preset clock reference time value NR81 and the preset time value target range code EL1T, the processing unit 230 performs the processing based on the obtained control data code CK8T The output unit 240 is caused to execute the signal generating operation BS81 to generate the control signal SC81 that transmits the obtained clock reference time value NR81 and the obtained time value target range code EL1T.

For example, the physical parameter control function specification GBL8 includes a clock time representing GB8TR. The clock time representation GB8TR is used to represent the clock reference time TR81. The clock reference time value NR81 is preset based on the clock time representation GB8TR, the timer specification FT21, and a data encoding operation ZR8TR for converting the clock time representation GB8TR to the designated count value format HH95. For example, the clock time indicates that GB8TR is the same as the clock time indicates GA8TR.

In some embodiments, the control target device 130 further The step includes a storage unit 332 coupled to the operating unit 397. The storage unit 332 has a memory location YM8T and a memory location YX8T different from the memory location YM8T. For example, the memory location YM8T is identified based on a memory address AM8T. The memory location YX8T is identified based on a memory address AX8T. The memory address AM8T and the memory address AX8T are preset based on the preset measurement value target range code EM1T.

Before the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the processing unit 230 relies on the user interface area AP11 to obtain an input data DJ81 from the input unit 270, and performs a data encoding operation EJ81 on the input data DJ81 to determine the preset target The range limit value pair DN1T is configured to obtain the preset measurement value target range code EM1T, and the memory address AM8T is obtained based on the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T. For example, before the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the input unit 270 receives a user input operation JV81 for operating the user interface area AP11, and responds to the user input operation JV81 to provide the input data DJ81 to the processing unit 230.

Before the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the processing unit 230 causes the output unit 240 to provide a write request message WN8T to the operating unit 397 based on the determined target range limit value pair DN1T and the acquired memory address AM8T . The write request message WN8T includes the determined target range limit value pair DN1T and the acquired memory address AM8T. The operating unit 397 responds to the write request message WN8T to cause the storage unit 332 to store the target range limit value pair DN1T in the memory location YM8T.

In some embodiments, before the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the processing unit 230 relies on the user interface area AP11 to obtain an input data DJ82 from the input unit 270, and performs a data encoding operation EJ82 on the input data DJ82 to determine The preset control code CC1T is used to obtain the memory address AX8T based on the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T. For example, before the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the input unit 270 receives a user input operation JV82 for operating the user interface area AP11, and responds to the user input operation JV82 to provide the input data DJ82 to the processing unit 230.

Before the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the processing unit 230 causes the output unit 240 to provide the second write request message WC8T to the operating unit 397 based on the determined control code CC1T and the acquired memory address AX8T. The second write request message WC8T includes the determined control code CC1T and the acquired memory address AX8T. The operating unit 397 responds to the write request message WC8T to cause the storage unit 332 to store the control code CC1T in the memory location YX8T.

The storage unit 332 further has a memory location YN81. For example, the memory location YN81 is identified based on a memory address AN81. The memory address AN81 is preset. Before the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the processing unit 230 relies on the user interface area AP11 to obtain an input data DJ83 from the input unit 270, and performs a data encoding operation EJ83 on the input data DJ83 to determine the preset rating The range limit value pair DD1A is configured to obtain the preset memory address AN81. For example, before the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the input unit 270 receives a user input for operating the user interface area AP11 Operate JV83, and respond to the user input to operate JV83 to provide the input data DJ83 to the processing unit 230.

Before the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the processing unit 230 causes the output unit 240 to provide the write request message WD81 to the operating unit 397 based on the determined nominal range limit value pair DD1A and the acquired memory address AN81 . The write request message WD81 includes the determined limit value pair DD1A of the rated range and the acquired memory address AN81. The operating unit 397 responds to the write request message WD81 to cause the storage unit 332 to store the rated range limit value pair DD1A in the memory location YN81.

Please refer to Figure 38, Figure 39, Figure 40 and Figure 41. FIG. 38 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9047 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. FIG. 39 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9048 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. FIG. 40 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9049 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. FIG. 41 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9050 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. As shown in Figures 38, 39, 40, and 41, each of the implementation structure 9047, the implementation structure 9048, the implementation structure 9049, and the implementation structure 9050 includes the control device 212, the control The target device 130 and the server 280. The control device 212 is linked to the server 280. The control device 212 is used for controlling the variable physical parameter QU1A existing in the control target device 130 by the trigger event EQ81, and includes the operating unit 297 and the sensing unit 260. The operation unit 297 includes the processing unit 230, the input unit 270, and the output unit 240. The processing unit 230 is coupled to the server 280.

In some embodiments, the control target device 130 includes the operation unit 397, the function target 335, the sensing unit 334, a function target 735, and a multiplexer 363. The operating unit 397 has an output terminal 338P and an output terminal 338Q. The output terminal 338P and the output terminal 338Q are respectively located at different spatial positions. The function target 335, the sensing unit 334, the function target 735, and the multiplexer 363 are all coupled to the operation unit 397. The output terminal 338P is coupled to the functional target 335. The function object 735 includes a physical parameter formation area AU21 and is coupled to the output terminal 338Q. The physical parameter formation area AU21 has a variable physical parameter QU2A. For example, the functional object 735 is a physically achievable functional object and has a functional structure similar to the functional object 335.

The sensing unit 334 is used for sensing one of a plurality of actual physical parameters through the multiplexer 363. The plural actual physical parameters include the variable physical parameter QU1A and the variable physical parameter QU2A. The control device 212 is used to control the variable physical parameter QU2A. The multiplexer 363 has an input terminal 3631, an input terminal 3632, a control terminal 363C, and an output terminal 363P.

The control terminal 363C is coupled to the operating unit 397. The input terminal 3631 is coupled to the physical parameter formation area AU11. The input terminal 3632 is coupled to the physical parameter formation area AU21. The output terminal 363P is coupled to the sensing unit 334. For example, the variable physical parameter QU1A and the variable physical parameter QU2A are a fifth variable electrical parameter and a sixth variable electrical parameter, respectively. For example, the fifth variable electrical parameter and the sixth variable electrical parameter are a fifth variable voltage and a sixth variable voltage, respectively. There is a first functional relationship between the input terminal 3631 and the output terminal 363P. The first function is off It is equal to one of a first on-relationship and a first off-relationship.

There is a second functional relationship between the input terminal 3632 and the output terminal 363P. The second functional relationship is equal to one of a second on-state relationship and a second off-state relationship. Under the condition that the first functional relationship is equal to the first conduction relationship, the sensing unit 334 is used to sense the variable physical parameter QU1A through the output terminal 363P and the input terminal 3631, and through the output terminal 363P and The input terminal 3631 is coupled to the physical parameter formation area AU11. Under the condition that the second functional relationship is equal to the second conduction relationship, the sensing unit 334 is used to sense the variable physical parameter QU2A through the output terminal 363P and the input terminal 3632, and through the output terminal 363P and The input terminal 3632 is coupled to the physical parameter formation area AU21. For example, the multiplexer 363 is controlled by the operating unit 397 and is an analog multiplexer.

In some embodiments, one of the control device 212 and the application environment EX81 has a physical parameter formation area AT21. The physical parameter formation area AT21 has a variable physical parameter QP2A. The control device 212 further includes a multiplexer 263 coupled to the processing unit 230. The multiplexer 263 has an input terminal 2631, an input terminal 2632, a control terminal 263C, and an output terminal 263P. The control terminal 263C is coupled to the processing unit 230.

The input terminal 2631 is coupled to the physical parameter formation area AT11. The input terminal 2632 is coupled to the physical parameter formation area AT21. The output terminal 263P is coupled to the sensing unit 260. For example, the variable physical parameter QP1A and the variable physical parameter QP2A are a seventh variable electrical parameter and an eighth variable electrical parameter, respectively. For example, the seventh variable electrical parameter and the eighth variable electrical parameter are respectively a seventh variable voltage and an eighth variable Voltage. There is a third functional relationship between the input terminal 2631 and the output terminal 263P. The third functional relationship is equal to one of a third on relationship and a third off relationship.

There is a fourth functional relationship between the input terminal 2632 and the output terminal 263P. The fourth functional relationship is equal to one of a fourth on relationship and a fourth off relationship. Under the condition that the third functional relationship is equal to the third conduction relationship, the sensing unit 260 is configured to sense the variable physical parameter QP1A through the output terminal 263P and the input terminal 2631, and through the output terminal 263P and The input terminal 2631 is coupled to the physical parameter formation area AT11. Under the condition that the fourth functional relationship is equal to the fourth conduction relationship, the sensing unit 260 is used to sense the variable physical parameter QP2A through the output terminal 263P and the input terminal 2632, and through the output terminal 263P and The input terminal 2632 is coupled to the physical parameter formation area AT21. For example, the multiplexer 263 is controlled by the processing unit 230 and is an analog multiplexer.

In some embodiments, the functional target 335 is identified by a functional target identifier HA2T. The functional object 735 is identified by a functional object identifier HA22. The function target 335 and the function target 735 are respectively located in different spatial positions, and both are coupled to the operation unit 397. The function target identifier HA2T and the function target identifier HA22 are preset based on the trigger application function specification GBL8. In order to control the functional object 335, the control signal SC81 further transmits the functional object identifier HA2T. The operating unit 397 receives the control signal SC81 from the control device 212. The operating unit 397 responds to the control signal SC81 to select the function target 335 for control. For example, the functional target identifier HA2T is configured to indicate the output terminal 338P and is a first functional target number. Should The functional target identifier HA22 is configured to indicate the output terminal 338Q, and is a second functional target number.

The control device 212 further includes an electricity usage target 285 coupled to the processing unit 230 and an electricity usage target 286 coupled to the processing unit 230. The power usage target 285 is identified by a power usage target identifier HZ2T. The power usage target 286 is identified by a power usage target identifier HZ22. The power usage target identifier HZ2T and the power usage target identifier HZ22 are both preset based on the trigger application function specification GBL8. Under the condition that the trigger event EQ81 relies on the power usage target 285 to occur, the processing unit 230 responds to the trigger event EQ81 to select the function target 335 for control. Under the condition that the trigger event EQ81 occurs depending on the power usage target 286, the processing unit 230 responds to the trigger event EQ81 to select the function target 735 for control.

In some embodiments, the storage unit 250 has a memory location XC9T and a memory location XC92, the functional target identifier HA2T is stored in the memory location XC9T, and the functional target identifier is stored in the memory location XC92 HA22. The memory location XC9T is identified by a memory address EC9T, or is identified based on the memory address EC9T. The memory address EC9T is preset based on the power usage target identifier HZ2T; thereby, the power usage target 285 is related to the function target identifier HA2T. For example, there is a mathematical relationship KK91 between the power usage target identifier HZ2T and the function target identifier HA2T; thereby, the power usage target 285 is related to the function target identifier HA2T.

The memory location XC92 is identified by a memory address EC92, or is identified based on the memory address EC92. The memory location The address EC92 is preset based on the power usage target identifier HZ22; thereby, the power usage target 286 is related to the function target identifier HA22. For example, there is a mathematical relationship KK92 between the power usage target identifier HZ22 and the function target identifier HA22; thereby, the power usage target 286 is related to the function target identifier HA22.

In some embodiments, the trigger event EQ81 occurs depending on the power usage target 285 and causes the processing unit 230 to receive an operation request signal SZ91. Under the condition that the trigger event EQ81 relies on the electricity usage target 285 to occur, the processing unit 230 responds to the operation request signal SZ91 to obtain the measured value VM81 and the electricity usage target identifier HZ2T, and based on the obtained electricity usage target identifier HZ2T The target identifier HZ2T is used to obtain the functional target identifier HA2T. The processing unit 230 causes the output unit 240 to transmit at least one of the control signal SC81, the control signal SC82, and the control signal SC83 to the operating unit 397 based on the obtained functional target identifier HA2T.

For example, the trigger event EQ81 is a user input event in which the input unit 270 receives a user input operation JU91. The input unit 270 responds to the trigger event EQ81 which is the user input event to provide the operation request signal SZ91 to the processing unit 230. Under the condition that the trigger event EQ81 occurs depending on the power usage target 285, the input unit 270 relies on the power usage target 285 to provide the operation request signal SZ91 to the processing unit 230. The processing unit 230 responds to the operation request signal SZ91 to provide a control signal SV81 to the control terminal 263C. For example, the control signal SV81 is a selection control signal and functions as an instruction to the input terminal 2631. The multiplexer 263 responds to the control signal SV81 to cause the input The third functional relationship between the terminal 2631 and the output terminal 263P is equal to the third conduction relationship.

Under the condition that the third functional relationship is equal to the third conduction relationship, the sensing unit 260 senses the variable physical parameter QP1A to generate the sensing signal SM81. The processing unit 230 receives the sensing signal SM81 from the sensing unit 260, and obtains the measurement value VM81 in the designated measurement value format HQ81 based on the received sensing signal SM81. For example, the power usage target 285 and the power usage target 286 are configured to correspond to the function target 335 and the function target 735, respectively, are coupled to the processing unit 230 and are located at different spatial positions.

In some embodiments, the input unit 270 receives the user input operation JU91 for selecting the power usage target 285 to cause the trigger event EQ81 to occur. The input unit 270 generates the operation request signal SZ91 in response to the user input operation JU91. The processing unit 230 receives the operation request signal SZ91, uses the sensing signal SM81 to obtain the measured value VM81 in response to the operation request signal SZ91, and executes a data acquisition AF9C in response to the operation request signal SZ91 to obtain the power usage target Identifier HZ2T. For example, the storage unit 250 includes the storage space SS11. The storage space SS11 has the preset rated range limit value pair DC1A, the variable physical parameter range code UM8A, the electric use target identifier HZ2T, the electric use target identifier HZ22, the function target identifier HA2T, the The relative value VK81 and the relative value VK82.

In some embodiments, the processing unit 230 is configured to obtain the memory address EC9T based on the obtained power usage target identifier HZ2T, and to access the memory address EC9T based on the obtained memory address EC9T. The functional object identifier HA2T stored in the memory location XC9T to obtain the functional object identifier HA2T. Under the condition that the processing unit 230 determines that the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently in the physical parameter application range RC1EL by checking the mathematical relationship KA81 between the measurement value VM81 and the measurement value application range RM1L, the processing unit 230 executes the signal generation control GS81 based on the obtained function target identifier HA2T and the accessed control data code CK8T to cause the output unit 240 to generate the control signal SC81, and cause the output unit 240 to send the control signal SC81 to the operating unit 397 transmits the control signal SC81.

For example, the control signal SC81 conveys the functional target identifier HA2T. For example, the control signal SC81 transmits the functional target identifier HA2T and the measured value target range code EM1T. The operating unit 397 responds to the control signal SC81 to obtain the measured value target range code EM1T and the functional target identifier HA2T from the control signal SC81. In a third specific case, the operation unit 397 executes the signal generation operation BY81 using the output terminal 338P based on the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T and the obtained function target identifier HA2T to transfer the function The target 335 transmits a function signal SG81. The function target 335 responds to the function signal SG81 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to be in the physical parameter target range RD1ET.

In some embodiments, under the condition that the control signal SC81 transmits the functional target identifier HA2T and the measured value target range code EM1T, the operating unit 397 responds to the control signal SC81 to obtain the functional target identification from the control signal SC81 And the target range code EM1T of the measured value, and based on the obtained target identifier HA2T of the function to provide Provide a control signal SD81 to the control terminal 363C. For example, the control signal SD81 is a selection control signal and functions as an instruction to the input terminal 3631. The multiplexer 363 responds to the control signal SD81 to cause the first functional relationship between the input terminal 3631 and the output terminal 363P to be equal to the first conduction relationship. Under the condition that the first functional relationship is equal to the first conduction relationship, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate a sensing signal SN81.

The operating unit 397 receives the sensing signal SN81 from the sensing unit 334, and obtains a measurement value VN81 based on the received sensing signal SN81. In the third specific case, the operation unit 397 executes the operation using the output terminal 338P based on the obtained measurement value VN81, the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T, and the obtained function target identifier HA2T. The signal generation operation BY81 transmits the function signal SG81 to the function target 335.

In some embodiments, the storage space SS11 further has a memory location PF9T. The storage unit 250 stores the preset power usage target identifier HZ2T in the memory location PF9T. The memory location PF9T is identified by a memory address FF9T, or is identified based on the memory address FF9T. The memory address FF9T is preset. The power target 285 is coupled to the memory location PF9T through the processing unit 230. For example, the operation request signal SZ91 sends an input data DJ91.

The data acquisition AF9C is one of a data acquisition operation AF95 and a data acquisition operation AF96. The data acquisition operation AF95 accesses the electronic target identifier HZ2T stored in the memory location PF9T by using the preset memory address PF2T to obtain the preset memory address PF2T. Suppose that the target identifier HZ2T is used for the electricity. The data acquisition operation AF96 processes the input data DJ91 based on a preset data derivation rule YU91 to obtain the preset power usage target identifier HZ2T.

In some embodiments, the input unit 270 causes the processing unit 230 to receive an operation request signal under the condition that a trigger event occurs when the input unit 270 receives a user input for selecting the power usage target 286 to operate the JU92. SZ92. In response to the operation request signal SZ92, the processing unit 230 obtains a measured value VM91 and the electric use target identifier HZ22, and obtains the functional target identifier HA22 based on the obtained electric use target identifier HZ22. The processing unit 230 causes the output unit 240 to transmit a control signal SC97 to the operation unit 397 based on the obtained measurement value VM91 and the obtained function target identifier HA22. The control signal SC97 is used to control the variable physical parameter QU2A and transmit the functional target identifier HA22.

For example, the processing unit 230 responds to the operation request signal SZ92 to provide a control signal SV82 to the control terminal 263C. For example, the control signal SV82 is a selection control signal, which functions as an instruction to the input terminal 2632, and is different from the control signal SV81. The multiplexer 263 responds to the control signal SV82 to cause the fourth functional relationship between the input terminal 2632 and the output terminal 263P to be equal to the fourth conduction relationship. Under the condition that the fourth functional relationship is equal to the fourth conduction relationship, the sensing unit 260 senses the variable physical parameter QP2A to generate a sensing signal SM91. The processing unit 230 receives the sensing signal SM91 from the sensing unit 260, and obtains the measurement value VM91 based on the received sensing signal SM91.

In some embodiments, the operating unit 397 responds to the control The control signal SC97 is used to obtain the function target identifier HA22 from the control signal SC97, and a control signal SD82 is provided to the control terminal 363C based on the obtained function target identifier HA22. For example, the control signal SD82 is a selection control signal and functions as an instruction to the input terminal 3632. The multiplexer 363 responds to the control signal SD82 to cause the second functional relationship between the input terminal 3632 and the output terminal 363P to be equal to the second conduction relationship. Under the condition that the second functional relationship is equal to the second conduction relationship, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU2A to generate a sensing signal SN91.

The operating unit 397 receives the sensing signal SN91 from the sensing unit 334, and obtains a measurement value VN91 based on the received sensing signal SN91. The operating unit 397 executes a signal generation operation BY97 using the output terminal 338Q based on the obtained measured value VN91 and the obtained functional object identifier HA22 to transmit a functional signal SG97 to the functional object 735. The function signal SG97 is used to control the variable physical parameter QU2A.

In some embodiments, the user interface area AP21 has the power usage target 285 and the power usage target 286. The user input operation JU91 is executed by the user 295. The power usage target 285 is one of a third sensing target and a third display target. Under the condition that the electricity usage target 285 is the third sensing target, the input component 440 includes the electricity usage target 285. Under the condition that the power usage target 285 is the third display target, the display component 460 includes the power usage target 285. For example, the third sensing target is a third button target. The third display target is a third icon target.

The power usage target 286 is one of a fourth sensing target and a fourth display target. Under the condition that the electricity usage target 286 is the fourth sensing target, the input component 440 includes the electricity usage target 286. Under the condition that the power usage target 286 is the fourth display target, the display component 460 includes the power usage target 286. For example, the fourth sensing target is a fourth button target. The third display object is a fourth icon object.

For example, under the condition that the power usage target 285 is configured to exist in the input component 440, the power usage target 285 receives the user input operation JU91 to cause the input component 440 to provide the operation request signal SZ91 to the processing unit 230 . Under the condition that the power usage target 285 is configured to exist in the display assembly 460, the pointing device 441 receives the user input operation JU91 for selecting the power usage target 285 to cause the pointing device 441 to provide the operation request signal SZ91 to the processing unit 230. For example, the user input operation JU91 is configured to rely on the pointing device 441 and the selection tool YJ81 to select the power usage target 285. For example, the selection tool YJ81 is a cursor.

In some embodiments, the preset rated range limit value pair DC1A, the variable physical parameter range code UM8A, the relative value VK81, and the relative value VK82 are all further based on the preset functional target identifier HA2T. Are stored in the storage space SS11. The processing unit 230 further uses the storage unit 250 based on the functional target identifier HA2T to access the preset rated range limit value pair DC1A, the variable physical parameter range code UM8A, the relative value VK81, and the relative value Any of VK82.

The preset limit value of the application range is for DM1L, the preset The set control data code CK8T and the preset candidate range limit value pair DM1B are further stored in the memory space SA1 based on the preset function target identifier HA2T. The processing unit 230 further uses the memory unit 25Y1 based on the functional target identifier HA2T to access the preset application range limit value pair DM1L, the preset control data code CK8T, and the preset candidate Any of the range limits to DM1B.

Both the preset application range limit value pair DM1L and the preset candidate range limit value pair DM1B are configured to belong to a measurement range limit data code type TM81. The measurement range limit data code type TM81 is identified by a measurement range limit data code type identifier HM81. The measurement range limit data code type identifier HM81 is preset. The preset control data code CK8T is configured to belong to a control data code type TK81. The control data code type TK81 is identified by a control data code type identifier HK81. The control data code type identifier HK81 is preset.

For example, the memory address FM8L is preset based on the preset function target identifier HA2T, the preset measurement value application range code EH1L, and the preset measurement range limit data code type identifier HM81. The processing unit 230 obtains the functional target identifier HA2T in response to the trigger event EQ81. The data acquisition operation AF81 obtains the memory address FM8L based on the obtained functional target identifier HA2T, the determined measurement value application range code EH1L, and the obtained measurement range limit data code type identifier HM81, and based on The obtained memory address FM8L uses the memory unit 25Y1 to access the preset application range limit value pair DM1L stored in the memory location PM8L.

For example, the memory address FV8L is preset based on the preset function target identifier HA2T, the preset measurement value application range code EH1L, and the preset control data code type identifier HK81. Under the condition that the processing unit 230 determines that the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently in the physical parameter application range RC1EL, the processing unit 230 is based on the obtained functional target identifier HA2T and the determined measurement value application range code EH1L And the obtained control data code type identifier HK81 to obtain the memory address FV8L, and based on the obtained memory address FV8L to use the memory unit 25Y1 to access the memory location PV8L stored in the memory location PV8L Control data code CK8T.

Please refer to Figure 42. FIG. 42 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9051 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1. As shown in FIG. 42, the implementation structure 9051 includes the control device 212, the control target device 130, and the server 280. The control device 212 is linked to the server 280. The control device 212 is used for controlling the variable physical parameter QU1A existing in the control target device 130 by the trigger event EQ81, and includes the operating unit 297 and the sensing unit 260. The operation unit 297 includes the processing unit 230, the input unit 270, and the output unit 240. The processing unit 230 is coupled to the server 280.

In some embodiments, the operating unit 297 includes a timer 545 coupled to the processing unit 230 and an electrical application target WJ11 coupled to the processing unit 230. The timer 545 is used to measure the clock time TH1A and is configured to comply with a timer specification FW22. The timer 545 is controlled by the processing unit 230 to sense the clock time TH1A to generate a clock time signal SK91.

Under the condition that the sensing unit 260 is configured to be the same as the timer 545, the sensing signal SM81 is configured to be the same as the clock time signal SK91, and the sensor specification FQ11 is configured to be the same as the timer specification FW22, and the variable physical parameter QP1A is configured to be the same as the clock time TH1A. The memory unit 25Y1 stores the control data code CK8T which is the same as the control information code CM85. For example, under the condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A is configured to be the same as the clock time TH1A, the measurement value application range code EH1L is the same as the time value target range code EL1T. The timer specification FW22 is preset.

The trigger event EQ81 is the user input event of the input unit 270 receiving the user input operation JU81. The user input operation JU81 is used to select the electrical application target WJ11. The input unit 270 responds to the trigger event EQ81 to provide the operation request signal SZ81 to the processing unit 230. Under the condition that the user input event occurs, the processing unit 230 responds to the operation request signal SZ81 to use the clock time signal SK91 to obtain the measured value VM81. For example, the clock time signal SK91 transmits a specific count value NP91 in a specified count value format HQ92. The designated measurement value format HQ92 is characterized based on a designated number of bits UX92.

The processing unit 230 uses the clock time signal SK91 to obtain the measured value VM81 equal to the specific count value NP91. The processing unit 230 executes the data determination AE8A in response to the trigger event EQ81 to determine the measurement value application range code EH1L that is the same as the time value target range code EL1T. The processing unit 230 is determined by checking the mathematical relationship KA81 between the measurement value VM81 and the measurement value application range RM1L Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently in the physical parameter application range RC1EL, the processing unit 230 obtains the same control information code CM85 from the memory unit 25Y1 based on the determined measurement value application range code EH1L The control application code is UA8T. For example, under the condition that the sensing unit 260 is configured to be the same as the timer 545, the designated measurement value format HQ81 is configured to be the same as the designated count value format HQ92.

For example, the control information code CM85 includes the preset time value target range code EL1T and the preset clock reference time value NR81. The processing unit 230 executes the signal generation control GS81 for the trigger application function FB81 within the operation time TD81 based on the obtained control application code UA8T to cause the output unit 240 to generate the control data message CN85. Control signal SC81. For example, the control data message CN85 includes the preset time value target range code EL1T and the preset clock reference time value NR81. Under the condition that the physical parameter target range code UQ1T is equal to the preset measurement value target range code EM1T, the control signal SC81 conveys the preset time value target range code EL1T to indicate the measurement value target The scope of the role of RN1T.

In some embodiments, the control target device 130 includes the operation unit 397, the function unit 335, and the storage unit 332. The timer 342 included in the operating unit 397 is used to measure the clock time TH1A, and is configured to comply with the timer specification FT21. The variable physical parameter QU1A is related to the clock time TH1A. The clock time TH1A is characterized based on a time target interval HR1ET. The time target interval HR1ET is represented by a time value target range RQ1T. The time value target range code EL1T is configured to indicate the time target interval HR1ET.

The storage unit 332 has a memory location YS8T, and stores the physical parameter target range code UQ1T in the memory location YS8T. The physical parameter target range code UQ1T represents a physical parameter target range RK1ET that the variable physical parameter QU1A is expected to be within the time target interval HR1ET, and is configured to be stored in the memory based on the time value target range code EL1T Body position YS8T. The memory location YS8T is identified based on a memory address AS8T. The memory address AS8T is preset based on the time value target range code EL1T. The physical parameter target range RK1ET is selected from the plural different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2,....

In some embodiments, when the operating unit 397 receives the control signal SC81, the physical parameter target range code UQ1T is equal to the preset measurement value target range code EM1T. The control signal SC81 transmits the preset target range code EL1T of the time value. The operating unit 397 obtains the transmitted time value target range code EL1T from the control signal SC81, obtains the memory address AS8T based on the obtained time value target range code EL1T, and obtains the memory address AS8T based on the obtained memory address AS8T To access the physical parameter target range code UQ1T stored in the memory location YS8T to obtain the preset measurement value target range code EM1T.

The operation unit 397 executes the signal generation operation BY81 for the physical parameter control function FA81 based on the obtained measured value target range code EM1T to transmit the function signal SG81 to the functional target 335. The function target 335 responds to the function signal SG81 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to be in the physical parameter target range RD1ET. The operating unit 397 obtains the transmitted clock reference time from the control signal SC81 The value NR81 causes the timer 342 to start within a start time TT82 based on the obtained clock reference time value NR81, and thereby causes the timer 342 to generate a clock time signal SY80 within the start time TT82. The clock time signal SY80 is an initial time signal, and transmits an initial count value NY80 in the designated count value format HH95. For example, the initial count value NY80 is configured to be the same as the clock reference time value NR81.

Many modifications and other embodiments of the present disclosure presented here will be understood by those who are familiar with the art to have the benefits of the teachings presented in the above description and related drawings. Therefore, we should understand that the present disclosure is not limited to the specific embodiments disclosed, and the modifications and other embodiments are intended to be included in the scope of the following patent applications.

130‧‧‧Control the target device

212‧‧‧Control device

334‧‧‧sensing unit

397‧‧‧operation unit

901‧‧‧Control System

BV81‧‧‧First inspection operation

KV81‧‧‧The first mathematical relationship

QU1A‧‧‧Variable physical parameters

RD1ET‧‧‧Target range of physical parameters

RN1T‧‧‧Measurement value target range

RY1ET‧‧‧Corresponding physical parameter range

SC81‧‧‧Control signal

SN81‧‧‧First sensing signal

VN81‧‧‧First measured value

Claims (24)

A control target device for controlling a variable physical parameter, wherein the variable physical parameter is based on a physical parameter target range represented by a measured value target range and a corresponding physical parameter range corresponding to the physical parameter target range Characterized, a range combination of the physical parameter target range and the corresponding physical parameter range is equal to a rated physical parameter range, and the rated physical parameter range is represented by a rated measurement value range, and the control target device includes: a sensing A unit for sensing the variable physical parameter to generate a first sensing signal; and an operating unit, coupled to the sensing unit, the operating unit receives from a control device and plays the role of indicating the target range of the measurement value In response to the first sensing signal under a control signal, a first measurement value is obtained, and in response to the control signal, a first measurement value is performed for checking between the first measurement value and the indicated target range of the measurement value. A first check operation of a mathematical relationship, a second check operation for checking a second mathematical relationship between the measurement value and the rated measurement value range is performed, and the operation unit is based on the first check operation and the The second checking operation determines that the variable physical parameter is currently in the corresponding physical parameter range and transmits a functional signal to a functional target with the variable physical parameter, and the functional signal is used to cause the functional target to cause the The variable physical parameter enters the target range of the physical parameter from the corresponding physical parameter range. The control target device according to claim 1, wherein: the sensing unit is configured to comply with a sensor specification related to the measurement value target range, wherein the sensor specification includes a sensor for indicating a sensor A sensor sensitivity representation of sensitivity, and the sensor sensitivity is related to the generation of a sensing signal performed by the sensing unit; the first measurement value is obtained in a specified measurement value format; the measurement value target The range has a target range limit value pair; the corresponding physical parameter range is represented by a corresponding measurement value range; a range combination of the measurement value target range and the corresponding measurement value range is equal to the rated measurement value range, wherein the measurement value target The range, the corresponding physical parameter range, and the rated measurement value range are all preset based on the sensor sensitivity representation using the specified measurement value format, and the rated measurement value range has a rated range limit value pair; the control signal The target range limit value pair, the rated range limit value pair, and a control code are transmitted, wherein the control code is preset based on a specified physical parameter within the target range of the physical parameter, and the control signal is transmitted by the The target range limit value pair plays a role in indicating the target range of the measurement value; the operating unit obtains the target range limit value pair from the control signal, and compares the first measurement value with the obtained target range limit value To perform the first check operation; the operating unit makes a first logical decision based on the first check operation whether the first measurement value is within the range of the corresponding measurement value, and determines in the first logic Is affirmative to determine the corresponding physical parameter range; the operating unit obtains the rated range limit value pair from the control signal, and executes the first measurement value by comparing the first measured value with the obtained rated range limit value pair 2. Check operation; The operating unit further makes the first logical decision based on the second check operation; the operating unit obtains the control code from the control signal, and based on the obtained condition that the operating unit determines the corresponding physical parameter range The control code executes a signal generation control to generate the function signal for causing the variable physical parameter to enter the target range of the physical parameter; after the operation unit performs the signal generation control within an operating time, the sensing unit Sensing the variable physical parameter to generate a second sensing signal; the operating unit responds to the second sensing signal within a specified time after the operating time to obtain a second measurement value in the specified measurement value format ; Under the condition that the operating unit determines the variable physical parameter is currently in the target range of the physical parameter by comparing the second measured value with the obtained target range limit value pair within the specified time, the operation The unit performs a guarantee operation for causing a physical parameter target range code representing the determined target range of the physical parameter to be recorded; the variable physical parameter is related to a variable time length, and the operation unit is used for The variable time length is measured, and the variable time length is characterized based on a time length reference range and a reference time length, the time length reference range is represented by a time length value reference range, and the reference time length is The time length value represents; the control signal further conveys the time length value; the operating unit is configured to obtain the time length value from the control signal, and check the obtained time length value and the time length value reference range To make a second logical decision for controlling whether a counting operation for a specific time is to be performed; and under the condition that the second logical decision is affirmative, the operation unit is based on the obtained The counting operation is executed based on the time length value of the control signal, and the specific time is reached based on the counting operation under the condition that the variable physical parameter is configured to be within the target range of the physical parameter due to the control signal, and the specific time is reached in the specific A signal generating operation for causing the variable physical parameter to leave the target range of the physical parameter to enter the corresponding physical parameter range is performed within time. The control target device according to claim 1, wherein: the operating unit is configured to perform a physical parameter control function related to the physical parameter target range, and includes a processing unit coupled to the sensing unit, and An input unit of the processing unit, and an output unit coupled to the processing unit; the physical parameter control function is configured to comply with a physical parameter control function specification related to the physical parameter target range; the sensing unit is configured to comply A sensor specification related to the target range of the measurement value, wherein the sensor specification includes a sensor sensitivity indication for indicating the sensitivity of a sensor, and the sensor sensitivity is related to the sensor unit A sensing signal is generated; under the condition that the input unit receives the control signal from the control device, the processing unit responds to the first sensing signal to obtain the first measurement value in a specified measurement value format, wherein The specified measurement value format is characterized based on a specified number of bits; the control target device further includes the function target coupled to the output unit and a storage unit coupled to the processing unit; The corresponding physical parameter range is represented by a corresponding measurement value range; the physical parameter control function specification includes the sensor specification, a nominal physical parameter range representation used to represent the rated physical parameter range, and a nominal physical parameter range representation used to represent the physical parameter A physical parameter candidate range representation of the target range; a range combination of the measured value target range and the corresponding measurement value range is equal to the rated measurement value range; the rated measurement value range is based on the rated physical parameter range representation and the sensor sensitivity A first data encoding operation for expressing and converting the range of the rated physical parameter is preset to use the specified measurement value format, and has a pair of rated range limit values, wherein the rated range limit value pair uses the specified measurement The value format is preset; the measurement value target range is represented by a measurement value target range code and has a target range limit value pair, wherein the measurement value target range code is preset based on the physical parameter control function specification; The target range limit value pair includes a first target range limit value and a second target range limit value relative to the first target range limit value, and is based on the physical parameter candidate range representation, the sensor sensitivity representation, and the A second data encoding operation for converting the physical parameter candidate range representation is preset using the specified measurement value format; the control signal serves to indicate the measurement value target range by transmitting the measurement value target range code The physical parameter control function specification further includes a physical parameter representation, the physical parameter representation is used to represent a designated physical parameter within the target range of the physical parameter; the storage unit stores the rated range limit value pair, with a first remember A memory location and a second memory location different from the first memory location, the target range limit value pair is stored in the first memory location, and a control code is stored in the second memory location, wherein: The first memory location and the second memory location are both identified based on the measured value target range code; and the control code is based on the physical parameter representation and a third data encoding operation for converting the physical parameter representation Is preset; the functional object has the variable physical parameter, wherein the sensing unit is coupled to the functional object; the control signal further conveys the pair of rated range limit values; the processing unit responds to the control signal from the control signal and One of the storage units obtains the rated range limit value pair, obtains the measurement value target range code from the control signal in response to the control signal, and executes and uses the obtained measurement value target by running a data acquisition program A data acquisition of the range code to obtain the target range limit value pair, wherein the data acquisition is one of a first data acquisition operation and a second data acquisition operation, and the data acquisition procedure is based on the physical parameter control function specification The first data acquisition operation uses the storage unit to access the target range limit value pair stored in the first memory location based on the obtained measurement value target range code to obtain the target range limit Value pair; the second data obtaining operation obtains the target range limit value pair by performing a scientific calculation using the obtained measured value target range code and the obtained rated range limit value pair; the processing unit is based on the The first measured value and the target range obtained A first data comparison between threshold value pairs is performed to perform the first check operation, and a first logical decision is made based on the first check operation whether the first measurement value is within the corresponding measurement value range, And under the condition that the first logical decision is affirmative, the corresponding physical parameter range is determined; under the condition that the processing unit determines the corresponding physical parameter range, the processing unit uses the storage based on the obtained measurement value target range code The unit accesses the control code stored in the second memory location, and performs a signal generation control for the physical parameter control function based on the accessed control code to control the output unit; and the output The unit responds to the signal generation control to perform a signal generation operation for the physical parameter control function to generate the function signal, and the function signal is used to control the function target to cause the variable physical parameter to enter the physical parameter target range. The control target device according to claim 3, wherein: the control device is an external device; the processing unit uses the output unit to cause the functional target to perform a specified functional operation related to the variable physical parameter, wherein the specified The functional operation is used to cause a trigger event to occur, and the control device outputs the control signal in response to the trigger event; the rated measurement value range is configured to have a plurality of different measurement value reference ranges, wherein the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges has a The total number of reference ranges is represented by a plurality of different measurement value reference range codes and includes the measurement value target range; the total reference range number is preset based on the physical parameter control function specification; The plurality of different measurement value reference range codes include the preset measurement value target range codes and are preset based on the physical parameter control function specifications; the control signal further transmits the total reference range number; the processing unit responds to the The control signal is used to obtain the total reference range number from one of the control signal and the storage unit; the scientific calculation further uses the obtained total reference range number; the function target responds to the function signal to obtain the variable physical parameter Changing from a first specific physical parameter to a second specific physical parameter, wherein the first specific physical parameter is within the range of the corresponding physical parameter, and the second specific physical parameter is within the target range of the physical parameter; the The physical parameter control function specification further includes a corresponding physical parameter range representation for representing the corresponding physical parameter range; the corresponding measurement value range is based on the corresponding physical parameter range representation, the sensor sensitivity representation, and used to convert the corresponding physical parameter A fourth data encoding operation represented by the range is preset using the specified measurement value format; the variable physical parameter is further characterized based on the rated physical parameter range; the rated physical parameter range includes a plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges , Wherein the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges include the physical parameter target range; the measured value target range is a first part of the rated measurement value range; the corresponding measurement value range is a second part of the rated measurement value range, corresponding It is adjacent to the target range of the measured value and is complementary to the target range of the measured value; The processing unit performs the second inspection operation based on a second data comparison between the first measured value and the obtained pair of rated range limit values; the processing unit further performs the second inspection operation based on the second inspection operation A logical decision; after the processing unit executes the signal generation control within an operating time, the sensing unit senses the variable physical parameter to generate a second sensing signal; the processing unit after the operating time Respond to the second sensing signal within a specified time to obtain a second measurement value in the specified measurement value format; the processing unit checks the second measurement value by comparing the second measurement value with the obtained target range limit value pair A third mathematical relationship between the second measured value and the target range of the measured value is used to make a second logical decision whether the second measured value is within the target range of the measured value; the second logical decision is Under affirmative conditions, the processing unit determines within the specified time the target range of the physical parameter that the variable physical parameter is currently in, generates a positive operation report, and causes the output unit to output a control response for transmitting the positive operation report Signal, by which the control response signal is used to cause the control device to obtain the affirmative operation report, wherein the affirmative operation report indicates an operation condition that the variable physical parameter successfully enters the target range of the physical parameter; the storage unit further stores a Variable physical parameter range code; when the input unit receives the control signal, the variable physical parameter range code is equal to a specific measurement value range code selected from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes, wherein the specific measurement value range code The indication is based on a sensing operation A specific physical parameter range previously determined, the specific physical parameter range is selected from the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges, and the sensing operation performed by the sensing unit is used to sense the variable physical parameter; Before the input unit receives the control signal, the specific measurement value range code is assigned to the variable physical parameter range code; when the specific measurement value range code is different from the obtained measurement value target range code and the processing unit borrows Under the condition that the physical parameter target range is determined by making the second logical decision, the processing unit is based on the difference between the variable physical parameter range code equal to the specific measurement value range code and the obtained measurement value target range code The storage unit is used to assign the obtained measurement value target range code to the variable physical parameter range code; when the input unit receives the control signal, the output unit displays a first state Indication, wherein the first state indication is used to indicate that the variable physical parameter is configured in a first specific state within the range of the specific physical parameter; the code in the specific measurement value range is different from the obtained target range of the measurement value Under the condition that the processing unit determines the target range of the physical parameter by making the second logical decision, the processing unit further causes the output unit to change the first status indication to a second based on the first code difference A status indicator, wherein the second status indicator is used to indicate a second specific status in which the variable physical parameter is configured within the target range of the physical parameter; the control signal is one of an electrical signal and an optical signal; The input unit includes: a first input component, coupled to the processing unit, and in the control The control signal is that under the condition of the electric signal, the processing unit obtains the control message by receiving the electric signal conveying a control message, wherein the control message includes the measurement value target range code; a second input component, coupled In the processing unit, and under the condition that the control signal is the optical signal, receiving and transmitting the optical signal of an encoded image, wherein the encoded image represents the control message; and a third input component, coupled to the processing unit, The variable physical parameter receives a user input operation under the condition that the control signal is configured within the target range of the physical parameter, and responds to the user input operation to cause the processing unit to determine a specific input code, wherein the The specific input code is selected from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes; under the condition that the control signal is the optical signal, the second input component senses the encoded image to determine an encoded data, and decodes the encoded data to provide the Control message to the processing unit; under the condition that the specific input code is different from the preset measurement value target range code, the processing unit is based on the variable physical parameter range code equal to the obtained measurement value target range code A second code difference between the specific input code and the specific input code causes the variable physical parameter to leave the physical parameter target range to enter the corresponding physical parameter range through the output unit; the sensing unit senses the The variable physical parameter provides the first sensing signal to the processing unit, wherein the constraint condition is that the variable physical parameter is equal to a third specific physical parameter included in the rated physical parameter range; the processing unit is based on the The first sensing signal to estimate the third specific physical parameter to obtain the first measurement value; Under the condition that the processing unit recognizes that the first measurement value is outside the target range of the measurement value and within the range of the rated measurement value based on the first data comparison and the second data comparison, the The processing unit makes the first logical decision to become affirmative; before the input unit receives the control signal, the input unit receives a first that includes the preset target range limit value pair and a first memory address Write request message, wherein the first memory location is identified based on the first memory address, and the first memory address is preset based on the preset measurement value target range code; the processing unit responds The storage unit should be used in response to the first write request message to store the target range limit value pair of the first write request message in the first memory location; before the input unit receives the control signal, the input unit Receiving a second write request message including the preset control code and a second memory address, wherein the second memory location is identified based on the second memory address, and the second memory address Is preset based on the preset measurement value target range code; and the processing unit responds to the second write request message to use the storage unit to store the control code of the second write request message in the first 2. Memory location. A method for controlling a variable physical parameter by generating a functional signal, wherein the variable physical parameter is based on a physical parameter target range represented by a measured value target range and a target range corresponding to the physical parameter It is characterized corresponding to the physical parameter range, and a range combination of the physical parameter target range and the corresponding physical parameter range is equal to a rated physical parameter Range, and the rated physical parameter range is represented by a rated measurement value range, the method includes the following steps: sensing the variable physical parameter to generate a first sensing signal; in order to indicate the target range of the measurement value Under the condition that a control signal of is received from a control device, a first measurement value is obtained in response to the first sensing signal; in response to the control signal, a method for checking the first measurement value and the indicated measurement is performed A first check operation for a first mathematical relationship between the value target range; perform a second check operation for checking a second mathematical relationship between the measurement value and the rated measurement value range; based on the first The inspection operation and the second inspection operation determine a physical parameter relationship between the variable physical parameter and the corresponding physical parameter range to make a reasonable decision whether the functional signal is to be generated; and when the reasonable decision is affirmative Under the condition of, a function signal is transmitted to a function target with the variable physical parameter, and the function signal is used to cause the function target to cause the variable physical parameter to enter the physical parameter target range from the corresponding physical parameter range. The method of claim 5, wherein: the method further comprises a step of: providing a sensing unit, wherein the step of sensing the variable physical parameter is performed by using the sensing unit; the sensing unit is Is configured to comply with a sensor specification related to the target range of the measured value, wherein the sensor specification includes a sensor sensitivity representation for representing the sensitivity of a sensor, and the sensor sensitivity is related to the Generation of a sensing signal executed by the sensing unit; The first measurement value is obtained in a specified measurement value format; the measurement value target range has a target range limit value pair; the corresponding physical parameter range is represented by a corresponding measurement value range; the measurement value target range and the corresponding A range combination of the measurement value range is equal to the rated measurement value range, wherein the measurement value target range, the corresponding physical parameter range, and the rated measurement value range are all predicted using the specified measurement value format based on the sensor sensitivity representation. Set, and the rated measurement value range has a rated range limit value pair; the control signal transmits the target range limit value pair, the rated range limit value pair and a control code, wherein the control code is based on the physical parameter target range A designated physical parameter within is preset, and the control signal is used to indicate the target range of the measurement value by transmitting the target range limit value pair; the step of performing the first check operation includes the following sub-steps: The control signal obtains the target range limit value pair; and by comparing the first measured value with the obtained target range limit value pair, the first check operation is performed; the step of performing the second check operation includes the following sub-steps : Obtain the rated range limit value pair from the control signal; and perform the second inspection operation by comparing the first measured value with the obtained rated range limit value pair; determine the physical parameter relationship to make the reasonable The deciding step includes the following sub-steps: based on the first check operation and the second check operation, it is determined whether the first measurement value is within the range of the corresponding measurement value. And determining the physical parameter relationship based on the first logical decision to make the reasonable decision; the sub-step of determining the physical parameter relationship based on the first logical decision includes a sub-step: the first logical decision is affirmative Under the condition of, identify the physical parameter relationship as a physical parameter intersection relationship to make the reasonable decision to be affirmative; the method further includes the following steps: obtain the control code from the control signal; condition that the reasonable decision is affirmative Next, perform a signal generation control based on the obtained control code to generate the function signal for causing the variable physical parameter to enter the physical parameter target range; after the signal generation control is executed within an operating time , Sensing the variable physical parameter to generate a second sensing signal; within a specified time after the operating time, responding to the second sensing signal to obtain a second measurement value in the specified measurement value format; And under the condition that the target range of the physical parameter that the variable physical parameter is currently in is determined by comparing the second measured value with the obtained target range limit value pair within the specified time, a guarantee operation is performed , The ensuring operation is used to cause a physical parameter target range code representing the determined target range of the physical parameter to be recorded; the variable physical parameter is related to a variable time length, wherein the variable time length is based on a time length reference Is characterized by a range and a reference time length, and the time length reference range is defined by a time length value reference range Represents, and the reference time length is represented by a time length value; the control signal further conveys the time length value; and the method further includes the following steps: obtain the time length value from the control signal; check the obtained time length A numerical relationship between the value and the reference range of the time length value to make a second logical decision for controlling whether a counting operation for a specific time is to be performed; under the condition that the second logical decision is affirmative, Performing the counting operation based on the obtained time length value; under the condition that the variable physical parameter is configured to be within the target range of the physical parameter due to the control signal, the specific time is reached based on the counting operation; And within the specific time, perform a signal generating operation for causing the variable physical parameter to leave the physical parameter target range to enter the corresponding physical parameter range. The method according to claim 5, wherein: the method further comprises the following steps: providing a sensing unit, wherein the step of sensing the variable physical parameter is performed by using the sensing unit; A physical parameter control function related to the target range of the parameter; the physical parameter control function is configured to comply with a physical parameter control function specification related to the target range of the physical parameter; the sensing unit is configured to comply with the target range of the measured value A sensor specification of, where the sensor specification includes a sensor Sensitivity is a sensor sensitivity representation, and the sensor sensitivity is related to the generation of a sensing signal performed by the sensing unit; the first measurement value is obtained in a specified measurement value format, wherein the specified measurement The value format is characterized based on a specified number of bits; the corresponding physical parameter range is represented by a corresponding measurement value range; the physical parameter control function specification includes the sensor specification and a value used to represent the rated physical parameter range Rated physical parameter range representation, and a physical parameter candidate range representation used to represent the target range of the physical parameter; a range combination of the measured value target range and the corresponding measured value range is equal to the rated measured value range; the rated measured value range The specified measurement value format is preset based on the rated physical parameter range representation, the sensor sensitivity representation, and a first data encoding operation for converting the rated physical parameter range representation, and has a rated range limit value Yes, the rated range limit value pair is preset using the specified measurement value format; the measurement value target range is represented by a measurement value target range code and has a target range limit value pair, wherein the measurement value target range The code is preset based on the physical parameter control function specification; the target range limit value pair includes a first target range limit value and a second target range limit value relative to the first target range limit value, and is based on the physical parameter The parameter candidate range representation, the sensor sensitivity representation, and a second data encoding operation for converting the physical parameter candidate range representation are preset using the specified measurement value format; the control signal is transmitted by the measurement value target The range code is used to indicate the target range of the measured value; The physical parameter control function specification further includes a physical parameter representation that is used to indicate a designated physical parameter within the target range of the physical parameter; the control signal further transmits the pair of rated range limit values; the method further includes The following steps: provide a storage space, wherein the storage space has a first memory location and a second memory location different from the first memory location, and the first memory location and the second memory location Are identified based on the measured value target range code; store the rated range limit value pair in the storage space; store the target range limit value pair in the first memory location; store a control in the second memory location Code, wherein the control code is preset based on the physical parameter representation and a third data encoding operation for converting the physical parameter representation; and in response to the control signal, it is obtained from one of the control signal and the storage space The rated range limit value pair; the step of performing the first check operation includes the following sub-steps: in response to the control signal, obtain the measured value target range code from the control signal; run a data acquisition program to execute the obtained A data acquisition of the measured value target range code to obtain the target range limit value pair, wherein the data acquisition is one of a first data acquisition operation and a second data acquisition operation, and the data acquisition procedure is based on the physical The parameter control function specification is constructed; and based on the first measurement value and the obtained target range limit value Perform the first check operation between a first data comparison; the first data acquisition operation accesses the target range limit stored in the first memory location based on the obtained measurement value target range code Value pair to obtain the target range limit value pair; the second data obtaining operation obtains the target range limit by performing a scientific calculation using the obtained measured value target range code and the obtained rated range limit value pair Value pair; the step of determining the physical parameter relationship to make the reasonable decision includes the following sub-steps: based on the first check operation, determining whether the first measurement value is a first logic within the corresponding measurement value range And determining the physical parameter relationship based on the first logical decision to make the reasonable decision; the sub-step of determining the physical parameter relationship based on the first logical decision includes a sub-step: the first logical decision is affirmative Under the condition of, identifying the physical parameter relationship as a physical parameter intersection relationship to make the reasonable decision to be affirmative; and the step of transmitting the functional signal to the functional target includes the following sub-steps: in the condition that the reasonable decision is affirmative Next, access the control code stored in the second memory location based on the obtained measurement value target range code; perform a signal generation for the physical parameter control function based on the accessed control code Control; and in response to the signal to generate control, perform control for the physical parameter A signal generating operation of the function generates the function signal, and the function signal is used to cause the variable physical parameter to enter the target range of the physical parameter. The method according to claim 7, wherein: the control device is an external device; the method further comprises the following steps: performing a designated functional operation related to the variable physical parameter, wherein the designated functional operation is used to cause a trigger An event occurs; and the control signal is generated in response to the trigger event by using the control device; the rated measurement value range is configured to have a plurality of different measurement value reference ranges, wherein the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges has a total reference range The number is represented by a plurality of different measurement value reference range codes, and includes the measurement value target range; the total reference range number is preset based on the physical parameter control function specification; the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes includes the preset The set target range code of the measured value is preset based on the physical parameter control function specification; the control signal further transmits the total reference range number; the method further includes a step: responding to the control signal, from the control signal And one of the storage spaces to obtain the total reference range number; the scientific calculation further uses the obtained total reference range number; the method further includes a step: in response to the function signal, the variable physical parameter is changed from a first A specific physical parameter is changed to a second specific physical parameter, wherein the first specific physical parameter is within the range of the corresponding physical parameter, and the second specific physical parameter is within the target range of the physical parameter The physical parameter control function specification further includes a corresponding physical parameter range representation for representing the corresponding physical parameter range; the corresponding measurement value range is based on the corresponding physical parameter range representation, the sensor sensitivity representation, and the conversion A fourth data encoding operation corresponding to the physical parameter range representation is preset using the specified measurement value format; the variable physical parameter is further characterized based on the rated physical parameter range; the rated physical parameter range includes a plurality of different physical parameters The parameter reference range, wherein the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges include the physical parameter target range; the measured value target range is a first part of the rated measurement value range; the corresponding measurement value range is a second part of the rated measurement value range Part, adjacent to the measured value target range, and complementary to the measured value target range; the step of performing the second check operation includes a sub-step: based on the first measured value and the obtained rated range limit value pair The step of determining the physical parameter relationship to make the reasonable decision includes a sub-step: based on the first inspection operation and the second inspection operation, the second inspection operation is performed; A logical decision; the method further includes the following steps: after the signal generation control is executed within an operating time, sensing the variable physical parameter to generate a second sensing signal; Within a specified time after the operating time, respond to the second sensing signal to obtain a second measurement value in the specified measurement value format; by comparing the second measurement value with the obtained target range limit value Yes, check a third mathematical relationship between the second measured value and the target range of the measured value to make a second logical decision whether the second measured value is within the target range of the measured value; in the first 2. Under the condition that the logical decision is affirmative, determine the target range of the physical parameter that the variable physical parameter is currently in within the specified time, and generate a positive operation report, wherein the positive operation report indicates that the variable physical parameter is successfully An operation condition entering the target range of the physical parameter; and outputting a control response signal for transmitting the affirmative operation report, whereby the control response signal is used to cause the control device to obtain the affirmative operation report; the method further includes a step: A variable physical parameter range code is stored in the storage space; when the control signal is received, the variable physical parameter range code is equal to a specific measurement value range code selected from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes, where the specific The measurement value range code indicates a specific physical parameter range previously determined based on a sensing operation, the specific physical parameter range is selected from the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges, and is used for the sensing operation performed by the sensing unit After sensing the variable physical parameter; before the input unit receives the control signal, the specific measurement value range code is assigned to the variable physical parameter range code; the method further includes the following steps: Under the condition that the specific measurement value range code is different from the obtained measurement value target range code and the physical parameter target range is determined by making the second logical decision, based on the specific measurement value range code equal to the condition A first code difference between the variable physical parameter range code and the obtained target range code of the measured value to assign the obtained target range code of the measured value to the variable physical parameter range code; when the control signal is When receiving, a first status indication is displayed, wherein the first status indication is used to indicate that the variable physical parameter is configured in a first specific state within the specific physical parameter range; and the code is different in the specific measurement value range Under the condition that the measured value target range code is obtained and the physical parameter target range is determined by making the second logical decision, the first status indication is changed to a second status based on the first code difference Indication, wherein the second state indication is used to indicate that the variable physical parameter is configured in a second specific state within the target range of the physical parameter; the control signal is one of an electrical signal and an optical signal; the The method further includes the following steps: under the condition that the control signal is the electric signal, obtaining the control message from the electric signal conveying a control message, wherein the control message includes the measured value target range code; when the control signal is the Under the condition of an optical signal, an encoded image is determined by sensing an encoded image conveyed by the optical signal, and the encoded data is decoded to obtain the control message, where the encoded image represents the control message; in the variable The physical parameters are configured in the Under the condition that the physical parameter is within the target range, a user input operation is received; in response to the user input operation, a specific input code is determined, wherein the specific input code is selected from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes; and in the specific Under the condition that the input code is different from the preset measurement value target range code, based on a second code difference between the variable physical parameter range code equal to the obtained measurement value target range code and the specific input code To cause the variable physical parameter to leave the physical parameter target range to enter the corresponding physical parameter range; the step of sensing the variable physical parameter includes a sub-step: sensing the variable physical parameter in a restrained condition to generate the The first sensing signal, wherein the constraint condition is that the variable physical parameter is equal to a third specific physical parameter included in the rated physical parameter range; the step of obtaining the first measurement value in response to the first sensing signal includes A sub-step: based on the first sensing signal, estimating the third specific physical parameter to obtain the first measurement value; the first measurement value is identified as being based on the comparison of the first data and the comparison of the second data. Under the condition of an allowable value outside the target range of the measured value and within the range of the rated measured value, the first logical decision is made to be affirmative; and the method further includes the following steps: in the control signal Before being received, receiving a first write request message including the preset target range limit value pair and a first memory address, wherein the first memory location is identified based on the first memory address, And the first memory address is based on the preset target range of the measured value Before the control signal is received, a second write request message including the preset control code and a second memory address is received, wherein the second memory location is based on the first Two records in response to the first write request message, store the target range limit value pair of the first write request message in the first memory location; the memory address is identified, and the second memory address is based on The preset target range code of the measured value is preset; and in response to the second write request message, the control code of the second write request message is stored in the second memory location. A method for controlling a variable physical parameter, wherein the variable physical parameter is characterized based on a physical parameter target range represented by a measured value target range and a corresponding physical parameter range corresponding to the physical parameter target range Therefore, a range combination of the target range of the physical parameter and the corresponding physical parameter range is equal to a rated physical parameter range, and the rated physical parameter range is represented by a rated measurement value range. Physical parameters to generate a first sensing signal; under the condition that a control signal that functions to indicate the target range of the measurement value is received from a control device, a first measurement is obtained in response to the first sensing signal In response to the control signal, perform a first check operation for checking a first mathematical relationship between the first measurement value and the indicated target range of the measurement value; perform a first check operation for checking the measurement value and the rated value A second check operation of a second mathematical relationship between the measured value ranges; and Under the condition that the corresponding physical parameter range in which the variable physical parameter is currently located is determined based on the first inspection operation and the second inspection operation, a function signal is transmitted to a functional target with the variable physical parameter, the The function signal is used to cause the function target to cause the variable physical parameter to enter the physical parameter target range from the corresponding physical parameter range. The method according to claim 9, wherein: the method further comprises a step: providing a sensing unit, wherein the step of sensing the variable physical parameter is performed by using the sensing unit; the sensing unit is Is configured to comply with a sensor specification related to the target range of the measured value, wherein the sensor specification includes a sensor sensitivity representation for representing the sensitivity of a sensor, and the sensor sensitivity is related to the A sensing signal executed by the sensing unit is generated; the first measurement value is obtained in a specified measurement value format; the measurement value target range has a target range limit value pair; the corresponding physical parameter range is a corresponding measurement value Represented by a range; a range combination of the measurement value target range and the corresponding measurement value range is equal to the rated measurement value range, wherein the measurement value target range, the corresponding physical parameter range, and the rated measurement value range are all based on the sensor The sensitivity expression is preset using the specified measurement value format, and the rated measurement value range has a rated range limit value pair; the control signal conveys the target range limit value pair, the rated range limit value pair and a control code, The control code is preset based on a designated physical parameter within the target range of the physical parameter, and the control signal serves to indicate the target range of the measured value by transmitting the target range limit value pair; The step of performing the first check operation includes the following sub-steps: obtaining the target range limit value pair from the control signal; and performing the first check by comparing the first measured value with the obtained target range limit value pair Operation; the step of performing the second check operation includes the following sub-steps: obtaining the rated range limit value pair from the control signal; and by comparing the first measurement value with the obtained rated range limit value pair, performing the first 2. Check operation; the step of transmitting the function signal to the function target includes the following sub-steps: based on the first check operation and the second check operation, determine whether the first measurement value is within the corresponding measurement value range A first logical decision; under the condition that the first logical decision is affirmative, determine the corresponding physical parameter range; obtain the control code from the control signal; and under the condition that the corresponding physical parameter range is determined, based on the obtained The control code is used to perform a signal generation control to generate the function signal for causing the variable physical parameter to enter the target range of the physical parameter; the method further includes the following steps: the signal generation control is controlled within an operating time After execution, sense the variable physical parameter to generate a second sensing signal; within a specified time after the operating time, respond to the second sense signal to obtain a second measurement in the specified measurement value format Value; and Under the condition that the target range of the physical parameter that the variable physical parameter is currently in is determined by comparing the second measured value with the obtained target range limit value pair within the specified time, an assurance operation is performed, The ensuring operation is used to cause a physical parameter target range code representing the determined target range of the physical parameter to be recorded; the variable physical parameter is related to a variable time length, wherein the variable time length is based on a time length reference range And a reference time length, the time length reference range is represented by a time length value reference range, and the reference time length is represented by a time length value; the control signal further conveys the time length value; and the The method further includes the following steps: obtaining the time length value from the control signal; checking a numerical relationship between the obtained time length value and the reference range of the time length value to perform a counting operation for controlling a specific time A second logical decision whether to be executed; under the condition that the second logical decision is affirmative, the counting operation is performed based on the obtained time length value; the variable physical parameter is configured due to the control signal Under the condition that the physical parameter is within the target range, the specific time is reached based on the counting operation; and within the specific time, execution is used to cause the variable physical parameter to leave the physical parameter target range to enter the corresponding A signal generation operation for the range of physical parameters. The method according to claim 9, wherein: the method further comprises the following steps: A sensing unit is provided, wherein the step of sensing the variable physical parameter is performed by using the sensing unit; and a physical parameter control function related to the target range of the physical parameter is performed; the physical parameter control function is configured To comply with a physical parameter control function specification related to the physical parameter target range; the sensing unit is configured to comply with a sensor specification related to the measured value target range, wherein the sensor specification includes a specification for indicating a A sensor sensitivity representation of sensor sensitivity, and the sensor sensitivity is related to the generation of a sensing signal performed by the sensing unit; the first measurement value is obtained in a specified measurement value format, where The specified measurement value format is characterized based on a specified number of bits; the corresponding physical parameter range is represented by a corresponding measurement value range; the physical parameter control function specification includes the sensor specification and is used to represent the rated physical parameter A range of a nominal physical parameter range representation and a physical parameter candidate range representation used to represent the target range of the physical parameter; a range combination of the measured value target range and the corresponding measured value range is equal to the rated measured value range; the rated The measurement value range is preset based on the rated physical parameter range representation, the sensor sensitivity display, and a first data encoding operation for converting the rated physical parameter range representation to use the specified measurement value format, and has a rated value. Range limit value pair, wherein the rated range limit value pair is preset using the specified measurement value format; the measurement value target range is represented by a measurement value target range code, and has a target range limit value pair, wherein the measurement The value target range code is based on The physical parameter controls the functional specifications and is preset; the target range limit value pair includes a first target range limit value and a second target range limit value relative to the first target range limit value, and is based on the physical parameter candidate The range display, the sensor sensitivity display, and a second data encoding operation for converting the physical parameter candidate range display are preset using the specified measurement value format; the control signal is provided by transmitting the measurement value target range code To indicate the target range of the measured value; the physical parameter control function specification further includes a physical parameter representation, and the physical parameter representation is used to indicate a designated physical parameter within the target range of the physical parameter; the control signal further Delivering the pair of rated range limit values; the method further includes the following steps: providing a storage space, wherein the storage space has a first memory location and a second memory location different from the first memory location, and the Both the first memory location and the second memory location are identified based on the measured value target range code; the rated range limit value pair is stored in the storage space; the target range limit value is stored in the first memory location Yes; store a control code in the second memory location, wherein the control code is preset based on the physical parameter representation and a third data encoding operation for converting the physical parameter representation; and in response to the control signal, from One of the control signal and the storage space obtains the rated range limit value pair; the step of performing the first check operation includes the following sub-steps: In response to the control signal, the measured value target range code is obtained from the control signal; by running a data acquisition program, a data acquisition using the obtained measured value target range code is executed to obtain the target range limit value pair, wherein The data acquisition is one of a first data acquisition operation and a second data acquisition operation, and the data acquisition procedure is constructed based on the physical parameter control function specification; and based on the first measured value and the acquired A first data comparison between target range limit value pairs is performed, and the first check operation is performed; the first data acquisition operation accesses the data stored in the first memory location based on the obtained measurement value target range code The target range limit value pair obtains the target range limit value pair; the second data acquisition operation is obtained by performing a scientific calculation using the obtained measured value target range code and the obtained rated range limit value pair The target range limit value pair; and the step of transmitting the function signal to the function target includes the following sub-steps: based on the first check operation, whether the first measurement value is within the corresponding measurement value range is determined A logical decision; under the condition that the first logical decision is affirmative, determine the corresponding physical parameter range; under the condition that the corresponding physical parameter range is determined, access the stored target range code based on the obtained measurement value The control code in the second memory location; based on the accessed control code, execute control for the physical parameter A signal generation control of the control function; and in response to the signal generation control, perform a signal generation operation for the physical parameter control function to generate the function signal, and the function signal is used to cause the variable physical parameter to enter the physical parameter target scope. The method according to claim 11, wherein: the control device is an external device; the method further comprises the following steps: executing a designated function operation related to the variable physical parameter, wherein the designated function operation is used to cause a trigger An event occurs; and by using the control device to respond to the trigger event to generate the control signal; the rated measurement value range is configured to have a plurality of different measurement value reference ranges, wherein the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges are respectively measured by a plurality of different The value reference range code represents and includes the measurement value target range; the plural different measurement value reference range codes include the preset measurement value target range codes, and are preset based on the physical parameter control function specification; the The physical parameter control function specification further includes a corresponding physical parameter range representation for representing the corresponding physical parameter range; the corresponding measurement value range is based on the corresponding physical parameter range representation, the sensor sensitivity representation, and used to convert the corresponding physical parameter A fourth data encoding operation represented by the range is preset using the specified measurement value format; the variable physical parameter is further characterized based on the rated physical parameter range; the rated physical parameter range includes a plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges , Where the reference range of the plural different physical parameters includes the physical parameter The method further includes a step: storing a variable physical parameter range code in the storage space; when the control signal is received, the variable physical parameter range code is equal to the reference range code selected from the plurality of different measured values A specific measurement value range code of a specific measurement value range code, wherein the specific measurement value range code indicates a specific physical parameter range previously determined based on a sensing operation, and the specific physical parameter range is selected from the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges, and is determined by the The sensing operation performed by the sensing unit is used to sense the variable physical parameter; before the input unit receives the control signal, the specific measurement value range code is assigned to the variable physical parameter range code; execute the first The step of the second check operation includes a sub-step: based on a second data comparison between the first measured value and the obtained pair of the rated range limit value, execute the second check operation; transmit the function signal to the function target The step includes a sub-step: based on the first check operation and the second check operation, the first logical decision is made; the first measured value is identified as based on the comparison of the first data and the comparison of the second data The first logical decision is made affirmative under the condition of an allowable value outside the target range of the measurement value and within the range of the rated measurement value; and the method further includes the following steps: when the signal is generated After the control is executed within an operating time, the variable physical parameter is sensed to generate a second sensing signal; within a specified time after the operating time, respond to the first Two sensing signals to obtain a second measurement value in the specified measurement value format; by comparing the second measurement value and the obtained target range limit value pair, check the second measurement value and the measurement value target range A third mathematical relationship between the two to make a second logical decision whether the second measured value is within the target range of the measured value; if the second logical decision is affirmative, within the specified time Determine the target range of the physical parameter where the variable physical parameter is currently located, and generate a positive operation report, where the positive operation report indicates an operation condition in which the variable physical parameter has successfully entered the target range of the physical parameter; output and convey the affirmative operation report A control response signal of the operation report, whereby the control response signal is used to cause the control device to obtain the positive operation report; when the specific measurement value range code is different from the obtained measurement value target range code and the physical parameter target range Under the condition determined by making the second logical decision, based on a code difference between the variable physical parameter range code equal to the specific measurement value range code and the obtained measurement value target range code The obtained target range code of the measured value is assigned to the variable physical parameter range code; when the control signal is received, a first status indicator is displayed, wherein the first status indicator is used to indicate that the variable physical parameter is configured A first specific state within the specific physical parameter range; where the specific measurement value range code is different from the obtained measurement value target range code and the physical parameter target range is determined by making the second logical decision Under certain conditions, the first state is indicated based on the code difference Change to a second state indication, wherein the second state indication is used to indicate that the variable physical parameter is configured in a second specific state within the target range of the physical parameter; before the control signal is received, the reception includes the predetermined state. Set a first write request message of the target range limit value pair and a first memory address, wherein the first memory location is identified based on the first memory address, and the first memory address is based on The preset target range code of the measured value is preset; in response to the first write request message, the target range limit value pair of the first write request message is stored in the first memory location; Before the control signal is received, a second write request message including the preset control code and a second memory address is received, wherein the second memory location is identified based on the second memory address, and The second memory address is preset based on the preset measurement value target range code; and in response to the second write request message, the control code of the second write request message is stored in the second memory体位。 Body position. A control target device for controlling a variable physical parameter, wherein the variable physical parameter is based on a physical parameter target range represented by a measured value target range and a corresponding physical parameter range corresponding to the physical parameter target range A control code that is characterized and related to the target range of the physical parameter is preset based on a designated physical parameter within the target range of the physical parameter. The control target device includes: a sensing unit that senses the available Changing physical parameters to generate a sensing signal; and An operating unit, coupled to the sensing unit, responds to the sensing signal to obtain a measurement value under the condition that the operating unit receives a control signal for transmitting the control code from a control device through a wireless link, and obtains a measurement value from the control signal Obtain the transmitted control code, check a mathematical relationship between the measured value and the target range of the measured value in response to the control signal, and determine where the variable physical parameter is currently located by checking the mathematical relationship in the operating unit Under the condition of the corresponding physical parameter range, a function signal is transmitted to a function target with the variable physical parameter based on the obtained control code, and the function signal is used to cause the function target to cause the variable physical parameter to change from the corresponding physical parameter. The parameter range enters the target range of the physical parameter. A method for controlling a variable physical parameter, wherein the variable physical parameter is characterized based on a physical parameter target range represented by a measured value target range and a corresponding physical parameter range corresponding to the physical parameter target range And a control code related to the target range of the physical parameter is preset based on a designated physical parameter within the target range of the physical parameter. The method includes the following steps: sensing the variable physical parameter to generate a sense Test signal; under the condition that a control signal conveying the control code is received from a control device through a wireless link, respond to the sensing signal to obtain a measurement value; obtain the transmitted control code from the control signal; In response to the control signal, check a mathematical relationship between the measured value and the target range of the measured value; and under the condition that the corresponding physical parameter range where the variable physical parameter is currently in is determined by checking the mathematical relationship, based on The control obtained The coding is used to transmit a function signal to a function target with the variable physical parameter, and the function signal is used to cause the function target to cause the variable physical parameter to enter the physical parameter target range from the corresponding physical parameter range. A control target device for controlling a variable physical parameter, wherein the variable physical parameter is based on a physical parameter target range represented by a measured value target range and a corresponding physical parameter range corresponding to the physical parameter target range A control code that is characterized and related to the target range of the physical parameter is preset based on a designated physical parameter within the target range of the physical parameter. The control target device includes: a sensing unit that senses the available Change the physical parameter to generate a sensing signal; and an operating unit, coupled to the sensing unit, responds to the sensing signal to obtain a sensing signal under the condition that the operating unit receives a control signal for transmitting the control code from a control device The measured value obtains the transmitted control code from the control signal which is an optical signal, and responds to the control signal to check a mathematical relationship between the measured value and the target range of the measured value. According to the mathematical relationship, it is determined that the variable physical parameter is currently in the corresponding physical parameter range based on the obtained control code to transmit a functional signal to a functional target with the variable physical parameter, and the functional signal is used to make the The functional target causes the variable physical parameter to enter the physical parameter target range from the corresponding physical parameter range. A method for controlling a variable physical parameter, wherein the variable physical parameter is characterized based on a physical parameter target range represented by a measured value target range and a corresponding physical parameter range corresponding to the physical parameter target range A control code base related to the target range of the physical parameter A designated physical parameter within the target range of the physical parameter is preset. The method includes the following steps: sensing the variable physical parameter to generate a sensing signal; transmitting a control signal of the control code from a Under the condition that the control device is received, it responds to the sensing signal to obtain a measurement value; obtains the transmitted control code from the control signal which is an optical signal; responds to the control signal to check the measurement value and the measurement value A mathematical relationship between the target ranges; and under the condition that the corresponding physical parameter range in which the variable physical parameter is currently in is determined by checking the mathematical relationship, the control code is obtained based on the control code to have the variable physical parameter A functional target transmits a functional signal, and the functional signal is used to cause the functional target to cause the variable physical parameter to enter the physical parameter target range from the corresponding physical parameter range. A control target device for controlling a variable physical parameter, wherein the variable physical parameter is based on a physical parameter target range represented by a measured value target range and a corresponding physical parameter range corresponding to the physical parameter target range Is characterized, and the physical parameter target range is indicated by a target range code. The control target device includes: a storage unit for storing a control preset based on a designated physical parameter within the physical parameter target range Code; a sensing unit that senses the variable physical parameters to generate a sensing signal; and an operating unit, coupled to the storage unit and the sensing unit, where the operating unit receives from a control device through a wireless link Respond to the sensing signal under the condition of delivering a control signal of the target range code to obtain a measurement Value, the delivered target range code is obtained from the control signal, and a mathematical relationship between the measured value and the target range of the measured value is checked in response to the control signal. The operating unit determines the available range by checking the mathematical relationship. Under the condition of the corresponding physical parameter range where the variable physical parameter is currently located, the stored control code is accessed based on the obtained target range code, and based on the accessed control code, the control code with the variable physical parameter is accessed The function target transmits a function signal, and the function signal is used to cause the function target to cause the variable physical parameter to enter the physical parameter target range from the corresponding physical parameter range. A method for controlling a variable physical parameter, wherein the variable physical parameter is characterized based on a physical parameter target range represented by a measured value target range and a corresponding physical parameter range corresponding to the physical parameter target range The target range of the physical parameter is indicated by a target range code. The method includes the following steps: storing a control code preset based on a designated physical parameter within the target range of the physical parameter; Change the physical parameter to generate a sensing signal; under the condition that a control signal conveying the target range code is received from a control device through a wireless link, respond to the sensing signal to obtain a measurement value; from the control signal Obtain the delivered target range code; in response to the control signal, check a mathematical relationship between the measured value and the target range of the measured value; check the mathematical relationship in the corresponding physical parameter range where the variable physical parameter is currently Under certain conditions, access the stored control code based on the obtained target range code; and Based on the accessed control code, a function signal is transmitted to a function target with the variable physical parameter, and the function signal is used to cause the function target to cause the variable physical parameter to enter the physical parameter from the corresponding physical parameter range Target range. A control target device for controlling a variable physical parameter, wherein the variable physical parameter is based on a physical parameter target range represented by a measured value target range and a corresponding physical parameter range corresponding to the physical parameter target range Is characterized, and the physical parameter target range is indicated by a target range code. The control target device includes: a storage unit for storing a control preset based on a designated physical parameter within the physical parameter target range Code; a sensing unit that senses the variable physical parameter to generate a sensing signal; and an operating unit, coupled to the storage unit and the sensing unit, where the operating unit receives and transmits the target range from a control device Respond to the sensing signal to obtain a measurement value under the condition of a control signal of the code, obtain the delivered target range code from the control signal which is an optical signal, and check the measurement value and the measurement value in response to the control signal A mathematical relationship between target ranges, and access to the stored target range code based on the obtained target range code under the condition that the operating unit determines that the variable physical parameter is currently in the corresponding physical parameter range due to checking the mathematical relationship The control code transmits a function signal to a function target with the variable physical parameter based on the accessed control code, and the function signal is used to cause the function target to cause the variable physical parameter to fall from the corresponding physical parameter range Enter the target range of the physical parameter. A method for controlling a variable physical parameter, wherein the variable The physical parameter is characterized based on a physical parameter target range represented by a measured value target range and a corresponding physical parameter range corresponding to the physical parameter target range, and the physical parameter target range is indicated by a target range code, The method includes the following steps: storing a control code preset based on a designated physical parameter within the target range of the physical parameter; sensing the variable physical parameter to generate a sensing signal; transmitting the target range code Under the condition that a control signal is received from a control device, a measurement value is obtained in response to the sensing signal; the target range code transmitted is obtained from the control signal which is an optical signal; in response to the control signal, check A mathematical relationship between the measured value and the target range of the measured value; under the condition that the corresponding physical parameter range of the variable physical parameter is determined by checking the mathematical relationship, based on the obtained target range code To access the stored control code; and based on the accessed control code, transmit a functional signal to a functional target with the variable physical parameter, and the functional signal is used to cause the functional target to cause the variable physical The parameter enters the target range of the physical parameter from the corresponding physical parameter range. A control target device for controlling a variable physical parameter, wherein the variable physical parameter is based on a physical parameter target range represented by a measured value target range and a corresponding physical parameter range corresponding to the physical parameter target range Characterized, the control target device includes: a sensing unit that senses the variable physical parameter to generate a first sensing Signal; and an operating unit coupled to the sensing unit, and responding to the first sensing signal to obtain a control signal under the condition that the operating unit receives from a control device a control signal that functions to indicate the target range of the measurement value The measured value, in response to the control signal to check a mathematical relationship between the measured value and the indicated target range of the measured value, and the operating unit determines the corresponding corresponding variable physical parameter at present due to checking the mathematical relationship A functional signal is transmitted to a functional target with the variable physical parameter under the condition of the physical parameter range, wherein: the functional signal is used to cause the functional target to cause the variable physical parameter to enter the physical parameter target from the physical parameter application range Range; after the operating unit generates the function signal, the sensing unit senses the variable physical parameter to generate a second sensing signal; and the operating unit is based on the second sensing signal and the indicated measurement value The target range is used to identify a physical parameter relationship between the variable physical parameter and the target range of the physical parameter to transmit to the control device a control response signal conveying a positive operation report. The positive operation report indicates that the variable physical parameter is due to An operation condition in which the control signal successfully enters the target range of the physical parameter. A method for controlling a variable physical parameter, wherein the variable physical parameter is characterized based on a physical parameter target range represented by a measured value target range and a corresponding physical parameter range corresponding to the physical parameter target range The method includes the following steps: sensing the variable physical parameter to generate a first sensing signal; a control signal that functions to indicate the target range of the measurement value is from Under the condition that a control device is received, it responds to the first sensing signal to obtain a measured value; responds to the control signal to check a mathematical relationship between the measured value and the indicated target range of the measured value; Under the condition that the corresponding physical parameter range of the variable physical parameter is determined by checking the mathematical relationship, a functional signal is transmitted to a functional target with the variable physical parameter, wherein the functional signal is used to make the functional target Cause the variable physical parameter to enter the physical parameter target range from the physical parameter application range; after the function signal is generated, sense the variable physical parameter to generate a second sensing signal; and based on the second sensing Signal and the indicated target range of the measured value, identify a physical parameter relationship between the variable physical parameter and the target range of the physical parameter to transmit a control response signal for sending an affirmative operation report to the control device, the affirmative operation The report indicates an operation situation in which the variable physical parameter successfully enters the target range of the physical parameter due to the control signal. A control target device for controlling a variable physical parameter, wherein the variable physical parameter is based on a physical parameter target range represented by a measured value target range and a corresponding physical parameter range corresponding to the physical parameter target range Characterized, the control target device includes: a sensing unit that senses the variable physical parameter to generate a sensing signal; and an operating unit, coupled to the sensing unit, includes an input unit, in the operating unit Receive from a control device to indicate the target range of the measured value A measurement value is obtained in response to the sensing signal under the condition of a control signal of the surrounding function, and a mathematical relationship between the measurement value and the indicated target range of the measurement value is checked in response to the control signal, and in the operation The unit transmits a first functional signal to a functional target with the variable physical parameter under the condition that the variable physical parameter is currently in the corresponding physical parameter range by checking the mathematical relationship, wherein: the first functional signal is used for To cause the functional target to cause the variable physical parameter to enter the physical parameter target range from the corresponding physical parameter range; under the condition that the variable physical parameter is configured based on the first functional signal to be in the physical parameter target range, The input unit receives a user input operation; and under the condition that the operation unit determines a code for indicating a candidate range of a physical parameter in response to the user input operation, the operation unit sends the information to the function based on the determined code The target transmits a second function signal, wherein the second function signal is used to cause the function target to cause the variable physical parameter to leave the physical parameter target range to enter the physical parameter candidate range different from the physical parameter target range. A method for controlling a variable physical parameter, wherein the variable physical parameter is characterized based on a physical parameter target range represented by a measured value target range and a corresponding physical parameter range corresponding to the physical parameter target range The method includes the following steps: sensing the variable physical parameter to generate a sensing signal; responding to the condition that a control signal that functions to indicate the target range of the measurement value is received from a control device Sense the signal to obtain a measured value; In response to the control signal, check a mathematical relationship between the measured value and the indicated target range of the measured value; under the condition that the corresponding physical parameter range that the variable physical parameter is currently in is determined by checking the mathematical relationship , Transmitting a first functional signal to a functional target with the variable physical parameter, wherein the first functional signal is used to cause the functional target to cause the variable physical parameter to enter the physical parameter target range from the corresponding physical parameter range; Under the condition that the variable physical parameter is configured to be in the target range of the physical parameter based on the first function signal, receiving a user input operation; and responding to the user with a code indicating a candidate range of the physical parameter Under the condition that the input operation is determined, a second functional signal is transmitted to the functional target based on the determined code, wherein the second functional signal is used to cause the functional target to cause the variable physical parameter to leave the physical parameter target range To enter the physical parameter candidate range that is different from the physical parameter target range.

Images